Home

6 - Efes otomasyon

1. TOSHIBA 6581381 Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Defautt User Reference No IPanel Commun setting setting ication F495 0495 Maximum voltage 11 90 120 104 5 10 adjustment 6 15 2 coefficient Fugs 0496 Waveform switching kHz 0 1 0 1 0 1 14 0 14 0 adjustment coefficient 1 Default values vary depending on the capacity See the table of page K 14 e Acceleration deceleration time parameters Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference No IPanel Commun setting setting ication F588 0500 Acceleration time s 0 1 0 1 0 0 3200 sa 6 16 2 F58 0501 Deceleration time 0 1 0 1 0 0 3200 RA 2 Foae 0502 Acceleration decel 0 Linear 0 eration 1 pattern 1 S pattern 1 F503 0503 Acceleration decel 2 S pattern 2 0 eration 2 pattern FSGY 0504 Selecting an 1 Acceleration deceleration 1 1 acceleration decel 2 Acceleration deceleration 2 eration pattern F585 0505 Acceleration decel Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 1 L 0 0 eration 1 and 2 switching frequency F506 0506 S pattern lower 1 1 0 50 10 limit adjustment amount F587 0507 S pattern upper 1 1 0 50 10 limit adjustment amount 1 Default values vary depending on the capacity See the table of page K 14 e Protection parameters Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default
2. E Installing more than one unit in a cabinet If you are installing two or more inverters in one cabinet pay attention to the following e Inverters may be installed side by side with each other with no space left between them e When installing inverters side by side detach the caution label on the top surface of each inverter and use them where the ambient temperature will not rise above 40 C When using inverters where the ambient temperature will rise above 40 C leave a space of 5 cm or more between them and remove the caution label from the top of each inverter and operate each inverter at a current lower than the rated one e Ensure a space of at least 20 centimeters on the top and bottom of the inverters e Install an air deflecting plate so that the heat rising up from the inverter on the bottom does not affect the inverter on the top Ventilation fan Ea i lt Inverter a Air deflecting plate lt Inverter A 23 TOSHIBA E6581381 2 Conne N Warning Disassembly Never disassemble modify or repair This can result in electric shock fire and injury For repairs call your sales agency prohibited Don t stick your fingers into openings such as cable wiring hole and cooling fan covers This can result in electric shock or other injury Don t place or insert any kind of
3. Funedon Code Function Action 23 PALN Inversion of pre alarm Inversion of PAL setting 24 UC Small current detection ON The output current is equal to or less than F6 setvalue for F amp 2 set time OFF The output current is equal to or larger than FG set value 10 25 UCN Inversion of small current detection Inversion of UC setting 26 HFL Significant failure ON GOA GOL de E EEP I EEn ERHO Erre 5 GHe uP I EFe ue EtYyP EPH i OFF Failure other than the above 27 HFLN Inversion of significant failure Inversion of HFL setting 28 LFL Insignificant failure ON G0 1 3 OP 1 3 GH OL il g OFF Failure other than the above 29 LFLN Inversion of insignificant failure Inversion of LFL setting 30 RDY1 Ready for operation including ST RUN ON Ready for operation ST and RUN are also ON OFF Others 31 RDY1N Inversion of ready for operation including Inversion of RDY1 setting ST RUN 32 RDY2 Ready for operation excluding ST RUN ON Ready for operation ST and RUN are not ON OFF others 33 RDY2N Inversion of ready for operation excluding ST RUN Inversion of RDY2 34 FCVIB Frequency VIB selection ON VIB selected as frequency command OFF Terminal other than VIB selected as frequency command 35 FCVIBN Inversion of frequency VIB selection Inversion of FCVIB 36 FLR Fault signal put out also at the time of a retry ON When inverter trips or retries OFF Whe
4. Function Code Function Action No 0 LL Frequency lower limit ON The output frequency is above the i set value OFF The output frequency is equal to or less than the L i_set value 1 LLN Inversion of frequency lower limit Inversion of LL setting 2 UL Frequency upper limit ON Output frequency is equal to or higher than UL value OFF Output frequency is lower than L L value 3 ULN Inversion of frequency upper limit Inversion of UL setting 4 LOW Low speed detection signal ON Output frequency is equal to or higher than F iGG value OFF Output frequency is lower than F 99 value 5 LOWN Inversion of low speed detection signal Inversion of LOW setting 6 RCH Designated frequency attainment signal ON The output frequency is equal to or less than completion of acceleration deceleration the specified frequency frequency set with Fide OFF The output frequency is above the specified frequency frequency set with F 02 7 RCHN Inversion of designated frequency attainment Inversion of RCH setting signal inversion of completion of acceleration deceleration 8 RCHF Set frequency attainment signal ON The output frequency is equal to or less than the frequency set with F 7 4 F 02 OFF The output frequency is above the frequency set with F if F ie 9 RCHFN Inversion of set frequency attainment signal Inversion of RCHF setting 10 FL Failure signal trip output ON When inverter is tripped OF
5. 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 80 70 60 50 40 30 6 8 0 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz Output current 15kW 100 TTT 90 80 70 60 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 30kW Output current 100 80 60 40 20 6 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 100 Ce Pel 90 80 70 60 A 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 18 5kW Output current 100 90 80 70 60 Ay 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 40deaqC ambient sss 50degC ambient 60degC ambient F 32 TOSHIBA 6581381 400V Class for IP20 37kW 45kW 55kW Output current Output current Output current 100 TEN 100 100 80 80 hes 80 60 S os 60 Sig 60 5 J K Ss Ss 40 40 lt 40 N s lt S 20 20 20 N w DK La SJ 6 8 10 12 14 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz 75kW Output current 100 80 40deaC ambient
6. TOSHIBA 6581381 Continued 3 Key LED Communic ma Item displayed operated display ation No Description The integrated amount of power kWh supplied Meor output Q HOTS FE77 from the inverter is displayed P 0 01 1kWh 1 00 100kWh 2 z The inverter rated current A at the occurrence of Rated current WN A 15 5 E70 a trip is displayed ienn ii Displays the motor speed min 1 by calculating Output speed Q i500 E90 with output frequency and pole numbers Communication Displays the counter numbers of communication ounter Q n s58 FA15 through the network Note that they are current values not at tripping Displays the counter numbers of communication Normal state hoes ore n 5 only at normal state in the all communication communication n Sa FA16 counter through network Note that they are current values not at tripping Note 6 Past trip 1 A OP FE10 Past trip 1 displayed alternately Note 6 Past trip 2 WN OH ef FE11 Past trip 2 displayed alternately Note 6 Past trip 3 Q GPF3of FE12 Past trip 3 displayed alternately Note 6 past trip 4 Q nErr H FE13 Past trip 4 displayed alternately The ON OFF status of each of the cooling fan circuit board capacitor main circuit capacitor of parts replacement alarm or cumulative operation time are displayed in bits ON Parts replacement n i OFF Note 7 alarm information A He Wont VEE Cumulative Cooling fan operation time Control circuit board capacitor M
7. Setting t 4 Fto amp clears the trips when an 4 F format error occurs But if the 4 displayed call us Save user setting parameters 4 F 7 Setting t 4 F to 7 saves the current settings of all parameters gt See section 4 2 8 Load user setting parameters t 4 Setting t 4 F to amp loads parameter settings to calls up those saved by setting t 4 to 7 gt See section 4 2 8 By setting 47 to 7 or G you can use parameters as your own default parameters Cumulative fan operation time record clear 4 4 Setting t 4 F to 4 resets the cumulative operation time to the initial value zero Set this parameter when replacing the cooling fan and so on TOSHIBA 6581381 5 6 Forward reverse run selection Operation panel operation E r Forward reverse run selection Operation panel operation e Function Program the direction of rotation of the motor when the running and stopping are made using the eu key and key on the operation panel Valid when 7 g command mode is set to operation panel Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Forward run 1 Reverse run ois Forward reverse run selection 2 Forward run F R switching 0 see Operation panel operation possible 3 Reverse run F R switching possible When Fr is set to 2 or 3 and an oper
8. F 144 Output terminal logic selection RY RC e Function 2 different functions can be assigned to the terminal board output terminal RY RC Signals of 2 functions of the logical product AND or logical sum OR selected form 58 functions can f b tput to 1 output t inal TOSHIBA 6581381 1 A signal is sent out when the two functions assigned are activated simultaneously Terminal Function N Title Adjustment range Default setting symbol 4 Low d RY RC F 43 Output terminal selection 1A 0 255 Low spee See page K 17 detection signal RY RC Output terminal selection 1B 255 Always ON A Ks RY RC A z wo Output terminal logic selection p 77 7z 7 2 4 77 7 4 0 Two different functions can be assigned to terminals RY RC Ifparameter F 34 is set to 7 default a signal will be sent out when the two functions assigned are activated simultaneously Terminals RY RC Send out a signal when the functions assigned with F i374 and F 3 7 are activated simultaneously Timing chart E ON Ei Orr OFF i ON i j RY RC output OFF Only one function can be assigned to terminals FLA FLB FLC at a time cl 7 Mus 2 A signal is sent out when either of the two functions assigned is activated Two different functions can be assigned to terminals RY RC If parameter F 39 is setto a signal will be sen
9. Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency operation stopped ag When standard monitor display selection F 7 i Operation frequency AUF The first basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed TOSHIBA E6581381 Key operated LED display Operation WN Gri Press A orV key to select 5 r i TEA Press the ENT key to enable the user parameter automatic edit function u F Searches for parameters that are different in value from the standard Haba default setting and displays those parameters Press the ENT key or u r g play pi y or 4 the A key to change the parameter displayed Pressing they key Q Q ACE moves the search in the reverse direction 8 8 Press the ENT key to display the set value Q 50 Press the A key and V key to change set value Press the ENT key to save the changed value The parameter name and the programmed value will flash on and off alternately After the change has been saved if is displayed U F Use the same steps as those given above to display parameters that H r you want to search for or change setting with the A key and V key Q QO Gru When i r Li appears again the search is ended ae Asearch can be canceled by pressing the MODE key Press the u Ta MODE key once while the search is underway to return to the display coe of parameter setting mode Ay J x After that
10. Wire size Recommended ring terminal AWG14 R2 5 JIS standard AWG12 R5 5 5 JIS standard AWG10 R5 5 5 JIS standard AWG8 R8 5 JIS standard AWG6 R14 8 JIS standard Table 3 Power supply short circuit current and maximum input voltage Input voltage Drive motor Power supply short circuit and maximum input voltage Up to 4 0kW Three phase Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable Of Delivering Not More Than 5 000A rms Symmetrical Amperes 240 Volts Maximum When Protected by J Class Fuses 200V class 5 skw and over Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable Of Delivering Not More Than 22 000A rms Symmetrical Amperes 240 Volts Maximum When Protected by J Class Fuses Three phase Yp KORN Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable Of Delivering Not More Than 5 000A rms Symmetrical Amperes 480 Volts Maximum When Protected by J Class Fuses 400V class 7 5kW and over Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable Of Delivering Not More Than 22 000A rms Symmetrical Amperes 480 Volts Maximum When Protected by J Class Fuses e This diagram shows a standard wiring of the main circuit in case of sink logic Main arcuit power supply Fuse 240V class three phase 200 240v age 50 60Hz 400V class three phase 380 480V 5060H Protective function activation output Low speed signal output 24Vdc input 299 sw2 Power circuit Forward FLA 000 RP Reverse OSC RES o Res
11. TOSHIBA 6581381 16 Dispos invert VAN Caution e If you throw away the inverter have it done by a specialist in industry waste disposal If you throw away the inverter by yourself this can result in explosion of capacitor or produce noxious gases resulting in injury Persons who specialize in the processing of waste and known as industrial waste product collectors Mandatory and transporters or industrial waste disposal persons If the collection transport and disposal of industrial waste is done by someone who is not licensed for that job it is a punishable violation of the law Laws in regard to cleaning and processing of waste materials For safety s sake do not dispose of the disused inverter yourself but ask an industrial waste disposal agent Disposing of the inverter improperly could cause its capacitor to explode and emit toxic gas causing injury to persons TOSHIBA INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION TOSHIBA INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION PTY LTD 13131 West Little York RD Houston 2 Morton Street Parramatta NSW2150 Australia TX 77041 U S A TEL 61 0 2 9768 6600 TEL 1 713 466 0277 FAX 61 0 2 9890 7542 FAX 1 713 466 8773 TOSHIBA INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS TOSHIBA INFORMATION INDUSTRIAL AND POWER SALES CORPORATION TOSHIBA ASIA PACIFIC PTE LTD SYSTEMS TAIWAN CORP 152 Beach Rd 16 00 Gateway East 6F No66 Sec1 Shin Sheng N RD Taipei Taiwan International Operations Singapo
12. 7 The maximum length of wires between the inverter and motor is 30 meters If the wires are longer than 30 meters set standard auto tuning with the wires connected to improve low speed torque during sensorless vector control However the e somewhat lowe ects of voltage drop cause motor generated torque in the vicinity of rated frequency to be r 8 Connecting a reactor or surge voltage suppression filter between the inverter and the motor may reduce motor generate d torque Setting auto tuning may also cause a trip Et m rendering sensorless vector control unusab e The following table shows the relationship between the V F control mode selection FE and the motor constant parameter Under normal conditions be sure to set or adjust the parameters marked with When making detailed settings adjust the parameters marked with O as well if necessary Do not adjust the parameters marked with x because they are invalid 1m For instructions about how to adjust the parameter F 47 and later see section 6 17 E 22 TOSHIBA 6581381 E Relationship between V F control mode selection F and Motor constant parameter amp O Valid X Invalid Parameter F V F control mode selection 0 1 2 3 4 Title Function VIF Variable Automatic Vector Energy constant torque torque boost control saving contr
13. E6581381 Continued Key LED Communic er Item displayed operated display ation No Description The ON OFF status of each of the control signal input terminals F R RES and VIA is displayed in bits ON Input terminal odd FEO6 OFF Q VIA F R RES The ON OFF status of each of the control signal output terminals RY and FL is displayed in bits ON Output terminal Q g i FEO7 OFF g o4 FL RY RC CPU1 version Q u fd FE08 The version of the CPU1 is displayed CPU2 version W wedi FE73 The version of the CPU2 is displayed Memory version A wel HH FEO9 The version of the memory mounted is displayed PID feedback Q d 58 FE22 The PID feedback value is displayed Hz free unit Frequency A command valle Q 5 12 FE15 E rea ENE re command value is PID computed played Integral input 5 The integrated amount of power kWh supplied to h 5 FE76 A PAA power the inverter is displayed Integral output H 15 FE77 The integrated amount of power kWh supplied power ai i from the inverter is displayed Rated current Q ABS FE70 The rated current of the inverter A is displayed Displays the motor speed min 1 by calculating 7 mam E Output speed Q i500 E90 with output frequency and pole numbers Communication n i Displays the counter numbers of communication mosso FA15 counter through the network Normal state Displays the counter numbers of communication communication Q n 508 FA16 only at normal state in the all communication
14. F 342 0 is necessary Deflection gt 0 is necessary PID deflection PID command value LL FSF i Fade f Restart Auto stop is maintained if deflection F333 LL is positive value Auto stop after F255 p Restart It functions when it is not PID control It functions when it is PID control F 27 TOSHIBA E6581381 6 9 Jump frequency jumping resonant frequencies Fei Feil Fei reid Fei Fois Jump frequency 1 Jumping width 1 Jump frequency 2 Jumping width 2 Jump frequency 3 Jumping width 3 e Function Resonance due to the natural frequency of the mechanical system can be avoided by jumping the resonant frequency during operation During jumping hysteresis characteristics with respect to the jump frequency are given to the motor Output command frequency Hz Jump frequency 3 F 2 74 Jump frequency 2 F 2 72 Jump frequency 1 F 2 72 Frequency setting signal te J rons width 3 F 275 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Feta Jump frequency 1 0 0 F H Hz 0 0 FZT i Jumping width 1 0 0 30 0 Hz 0 0 Fedde Jump frequency 2 0 0 F H Hz 0 0 F213 Jumping width 2 0 0 30 0 Hz 0 0 Fei Jump frequency 3 0 0 F H Hz 0 0 F275 Jumping width 3 0 0 30 0 Hz 0 0 Do not set the jump parameters if
15. If power supply distortion is not negligible If the power supply distortion is not negligible because the inverter shares a power distribution line with other systems causing distorted waves such as systems with thyristors or large capacity inverters install an input reactor to improve the input power factor to reduce higher harmonics or to suppress external surges TOSHIBA 6581381 E Disposal If an inverter is no longer usable dispose of it as industrial waste 1 4 3 What to do about the leak current VAN Caution Current may leak through the inverter s input output wires because of insufficient electrostatic capacity on the motor with bad effects on peripheral equipment The leakage current s value is affected by the carrier frequency and the length of the input output wires Test and adopt the following remedies against leak current 1 Effects of leak current across ground Leakage current may flow not just through the inverter system but also through ground wires to other systems Leakage current will cause earth leakage breakers leakage current relays ground relays fire alarms and sensors to operate improperly and it will cause superimposed noise on the CRT screen or display of incorrect current detection with the CT Power supply Inverter Leakage current path across ground Remedies 1 If there is no radio frequency interference or similar problem detach the built in noise filter
16. TOSHI 6 14 BA Conducting PID control E6581381 a hod Ly 7 a P or cry og Pog Pomp foc M 7 hog cy M hog ox cry PID control Proportional gain Integral gain Differential gain PID control waiting time PID forward reverse characteristic selection Function Using feedback signals 4 to 20mA 0 to 10V from a detector process control can be exercised for example to keep the airflow amount of flow or pressure constant Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F359 PID control waiting time 0 2400 s 0 0 Disabled F360 PlDcontrol 1 Enabled Feedback VIA 0 2 Enabled Feedback VIB F362 Proportional gain 0 01 100 0 0 30 F367 Integral gain 0 01 100 0 0 20 F356 Differential gain 0 00 2 55 0 00 cjag PID forward reverse characteristic 0 Forward Standard 0 4 selection 1 Reverse 1 External connection 1 2 External analog setting DC 0 10V Pressure transmitter 3 Panel setting OO 4 Internal preset speed setting Feedback signals 1 DC 4 20mA 2 DC 0 10V F 44 TOSHIBA 2 Types of PID control interfaces Process quantity input data frequency and feedback input data can be combined as follows for the PID control of the VF FS1 E6581381 Process quantity input data
17. capacitor using the grounding capacitor disconnecting switch or tap See section 1 3 2 2 2 Reduce PWM carrier frequency The setting of PWM carrier frequency is done with the parameter F 3 Although the electromagnetic noise level is reduced the motor acoustic noise is increased 3 Use high frequency remedial products for earth leakage breakers TOSHIBA 6581381 2 Affects of leakage current across lines Thermal relays pal lt e Power Inverter L I 1 re supply tn ji m EE Leakage current path across wires 1 Thermal relays The high frequency component of current leaking into electrostatic capacity between inverter out put wires will increase the effective current values and make externally connected thermal relays operate improperly If the wires are more than 50 meters long it will be easy for the external thermal relay to operate improperly with models having motors of low rated current several A ampere or less especially the 400V class low capacity 5 5kW or less models because the leak current will increase in proportion to the motor rating Remedies eC Use the electronic thermal built into the inverter See section 5 12 N The setting of the electronic thermal is done using parameter HL H tir 2 Reduce the inverter s PWM carrier frequency However that will increase the motor s magnetic noise The setting of PWM carrier frequency is done with the
18. power circuit terminals are different from each range See section 1 3 2 1 about the arrangement of power circuit terminals 2 3 2 Control circuit terminals The control circuit terminal board is common to all equipment Regarding to the function and specification of each terminal please refer to the following table See section 1 3 2 3 about the arrangement of control circuit terminals E Control circuit terminals germinal Input output Function Electrical Inverter internal circuits symbol specifications Shorting across F CC causes 2 forward rotation open causes slow F nput Fro y x 24V sw4 on and stop When ST is always No voltage E iC ie Te contact input Z Shorting across R CC causes 24Vdc 5mA or less fas qe R reverse rotation open causes slow nput ae E amp down and stop When ST is always lt 8 ON PLC K 2s xaa Sink Source PLC oo This inverter protective function is selectable using 2 disabled if RES are CC is connected syyv4 RES nput Shorting RES and CC has no effect or when the inverter is in a normal F RESQ _1 condition l p t External 24Vdc power input 24VDC Factory default setting PLC cane When the source logic is used a common Insulation WN type SINK side terminal is connected resistance DC50V WP type SOURCE side cc Common to Control circuit s equipotential terminal 2 j Input output
19. 2 R3 241 3 24 e S Fig E Fig F DY o a iA 4 f16 630 605 Installation dimension 2 R4 5 D U 1 280 Installation dimension 320 3 3 ry L 6 TOSHIBA E6581381 Note 1 To make it easier to grasp the dimensions of each inverter dimensions common to all inverters in these Note 2 Note 3 The models shown in Fig Ais sfixed at two points in the upper left and lower right corners figures are shown with numeric values but not with symbols Here are the meanings of the symbols used W Width H Height D Depth W1 Mounting dimension horizontal H1 Mounting dimension vertical H2 Height of EMC plate mounting area Here are the avaiable EMC plate Fig A Fig B EMP004Z Approx weight 0 1kg Fig C EMP005Z Approx weight 0 3kg Fig D EMPO06Z Approx weight 0 3kg TOSHIBA E6581381 13 Before making a service call Trip information and remedies 13 1 Trip causes warnings and remedies When a problem arises diagnose it in accordance with the following tab o f it is found that replacement of parts is required or the problem cannot be solved by any remedy described in the table contact your Toshiba dealer Trip information Error code Failure code Problem Possible causes Remedies OC l 0001 Overcurrent during e The a
20. 6 1 Input output parameters 6 1 1 _ Low speed signal E UH Low speed signal output frequency e Function When the output frequency exceeds the setting of 77 an ON signal will be generated This signali can be used as an electromagnetic brake excitation release signal This signal can also be used as an operation signal when F is set to 0 0Hz because an ON signal is put out if the output frequency exceeds 0 0Hz Relay output 250Vac 1A cos 1 30Vdc 0 5A 250Vac 0 5A cos 0 4 i at RY RC FLA FLC FLB terminals Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F i G Low speed signal output frequency 0 0 FH Hz 0 0 Output frequency Hz Set frequency Time s Ga signal output RY RC terminals Default setting i ON FLA FLC FLB terminals OFF ON Poi signal se OFF Inverted TOSHIBA 6581381 An example of the connection of the relay output terminals 24V e Output terminal setting Output of the low speed signal ON signal between the RY and RC terminals is the factory default setting of the output terminal selection parameter This setting must be changed to invert the polarity of the signal Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Setting value Output terminal A F 138 selection 1A RY 0 255 4 LOW Low speed signal ON signal or z RC See page K 17 5 LOWF
21. 60 40 i 50degC ambient j i 60degC ambient 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 20 The currents in the above figure are used as the basis to make calculations for inverter overload trip GL If 3 1G is setto 7 or 2 ULF trip will occur when the current increases and reaches the level above which the carrier frequency is decreased automatically Random control is exercised when the motor is operated in a low frequency range where it produces annoying magnetic noise If the carrier frequency F 3717 is set above 7 1 kHz the random control function will not be performed because the level of motor magnetic noise is low at high frequencies When the carrier frequency control mode selection F 7 amp is set to 2 or J the carrier frequency F 3 0 0 should be set preferably 6 kHz Otherwise the output voltage may drop F 33 TOSHIBA E6581381 6 12 Trip less intensification 6 12 1 Auto restart Restart of coasting motor F iii Auto restart control selection hog A Caution e Stand clear of motors and mechanical equipment Mandatory This could result in unexpected injury equipment for prevention of accidents in advance Q If the motor stops due to a momentary power failure the equipment will start suddenly when power is restored e Attach warnings about sudden restart after a momentary power failure on in
22. Lu F 30 T Supply voltage correction output voltage adjustment Base frequency voltage1 The F J 7 parameter adjusts the voltage corresponding to the base frequency 1 i so that no voltage exceeding the 1 1 set value is put out This function is enabled only when F J 7 is set to either 0 or 1 Supply voltage correction The F 34 7 parameter maintains a constant V F ratio even when the input voltage decreases The torque during low speed operation is prevented from decreasing Supply voltage correction Maintains a constant V F ratio even when the input voltage fluctuates Limitation of output voltage Limits the voltage at frequencies exceeding the base frequency Applied when operating a special motor with low induced voltage Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 230 WP WN type 400 WP type 460 WN type wie Base frequency voltage ae M i a ma 0 Supply voltage uncorrected output voltage limited 1 Supply voltage corrected Supply voltage correction output voltage limited 3 limitation of output voltage 2 Supply voltage uncorrected output voltage unlimited 3 Supply voltage corrected output voltage unlimited Ra Mo co If F30 7 is set to or 2 the output voltage will change in proportion to the input voltage Even if the base frequency voltage uL 1 parameter is set above the input voltage
23. SW2 slide switch to the position Permissible load 100 resistance 750Q or less 24V P24 Output 24Vdc power output 24Vdc 50mA i ee PTC PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient Resettable thermal fuse resistor for over current protection TOSHIBA 6581381 Jenina Input output Function Flectrical Inverter internal circuits symbol specifications FLA 24V Multifunction programmable relay contact 250Vac 1A output cos 1 FLBO FLA Detects the operation of the inverters at resistance load I RY k FLB Output protection function 30Vd 0 5A FLcd FLC Contact across FLA FLC is closed and FLB R i 250Vac 0 5A FLC is opened during protection function 0 4 operation cos 0 4 i 24V Multifunction programmable relay contact f output CS RYO RY Standard default settings detect and at resist load so RY A Output output low speed signal output A TESIS ance oa o RC frequencies 30Vdc 0 5A RC Multifunction output terminals to which two ea different functions can be assigned cosp 0 4 E SINK Negative logic SOURCE Positive logic When the inverter s internal power supply is used Current flowing out turns control input terminals on These are called sink logic terminals The general used method in Europe is source logic in which current flowing into the input terminal turns it on Sink logic is sometimes referred to as negative logic and source logic
24. See Table below ike After moving to the purpose specific wizard parameter group change the setting of each parameter by pressing the Aor Vkey and the ENT key E nd is dialyzed on completion of the setting of the wizard parameter End group Parameter display A Y E Press the MODE key to exit the wizard parameter group y By pressing the MODE key you can return to the default monitoring mode Fr F display of operation frequency K LA Function Automatic acceleration deceleration Acceleration time 1 Deceleration time 1 Upper limit frequency Motor thermal protection VIF control mode selection Base frequency 1 Base frequency voltage 1 TOSHIBA 6581381 4 2 5 Searching for a history of changes using the history function A LH History function A UH Automatically searches for 5 latest parameters that are programmed with values different from the standard default setting and displays them in the 4i H Parameter setting can also be changed within this group A u H Notes on operation e If no history information is stored this parameter is skipped and the next parameter A 1f is displayed e HEAagd and End are added respectively to the first and last parameters in a history of changes E How to use the history function Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency operation stopped ag When standard monitor display select
25. counter through network Continued overleaf TOSHIBA Note 6 Note 6 Note 6 Note 6 Note 7 Note 8 E6581381 Continued x Key LED Communic S Item displayed operated display ation No Description Past trip 1 N oce FE10 Past trip 1 displayed alternately Past trip 2 Q gH od FET Past trip 2 displayed alternately Past trip 3 Q 0P3 amp 31 FE12 Past trip 3 displayed alternately Past trip 4 Q AE ul FETS Past trip 4 displayed alternately The ON OFF status of each of the cooling fan circuit board capacitor main circuit capacitor of parts replacement alarm or cumulative operation time are displayed in bits ON Parts replacement i OFF alarm information Q fe gete OPER Cumulative Cooling fan operation time Control circuit board capacitor Main circuit capacitor Cumulative LOID FE14 The cumulative operation time is displayed operation time 01 1 hour 1 00 ours tion ti Seru 0 01 1 hi 1 00 100 h Default display 5a The operation frequency is displayed Operation at wees mode 60Hz TOSHIBA E6581381 8 1 2 Display of detailed information on a past trip Details on a past trip of trips 1 to 4 can be displayed as shown in the table below by pressing thee key when the trip record is selected in the status monitor mode Note 10 Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note 8 Unlike the Displ
26. 4 RS485 communication 5 UP DOWN from external contact Programmed value A frequency command is set by means of a signal from an external input device VIA terminal 0 10Vdc or 4 20mAdc An external signal VIB terminal 0 10Vdc is used to specify a frequency e i command 3 r Press the A key or hQ key on either the operation panel or the expansion panel optional to set frequency q Frequencies are set by commands from an external control unit 5 Lemown reaver Terminals are used to specify an up down frequency command No matter what value the command mode selection 7 g and the frequency setting mode selection FAD gd are set to the control input terminal functions described below are always in operative state e Reset terminal default setting RES valid only for tripping e Standby terminal when programmed by programmable input terminal functions e External input tripping stop terminal command when so set using the programmable input terminal function To make changes in the command mode selection 7 and the frequency setting mode selection 1 F D d first stop the inverter temporarily E Preset speed operation E G d Set to 7 Terminal board F G d Valid in all setting values TOSHIBA E6581381 5 4 Meter setting and adjustment i e Function Meter selection Meter adjustment The signal output from the FM terminal is an
27. 6 lis used to set the time elapsed before the motor trips under a load of 150 overload trip Fi 2 within a range of 10 to 2400 seconds Output frequency Hz 3 Thermal memory selection amp J 2 At the main power off it is selectable whether retention of electric thermal calculation values or not G Incase of not activated The calculated value of the electric thermal is not memorized at power off The calculated value of the electric thermal and the trip state can always be reset Don t reset the unit trip state continually it may cause the motor and the unit failure In case of activated The calculated value of the electric thermal is memorized at power off The trip state can always be reset but the calculated value of the electric thermal can not be reset TOSHIBA 6581996 6 Motor PTC thermal protection VF FS1 has the PTC Positive thermal Coefficient motor thermal protection FEYS PTC thermal selection F545 Resistor value for PTC detection e Function This function is used to protect motor from overheating using the signal of PTC built in motor The trip display is OH Parameter settings Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Disabled F645 PTC thermal selection 1 Enabled trip mode 0 2 Enabled alarm mode F646 PTC detection resistor value 0 9999 3000 Connection Connect the resistor r
28. 6581381 13 Switching between communication and terminal control Communication command FAOOh 14bit 1 Gd lorg F 13 48 Allocation of SL LC Switched to terminal when a command is entered through SC and LC during operation by means of communication __ Connector for commucation 7 2 Setting the operation mode Applied operation can be performed by selecting the operation mode To set the operation mode use the basic parameter 74 d command mode selection and the input terminal selection parameter 1 Operation panel operation 2 Terminal board operation g I Operation panel C G d D Terminal board m pa ca TOSHIBA 6581381 3 Operation from an external input device 4 Switching from communication to the terminal board Connector for communication ENG d D Terminal board F 13 48 Allocation of SC LC Remote control can be switched forcefully to terminal control from the external SC LC by setting the remote command FAOOh 15 bit at 1 Operation is controlled from the terminal board G 6 TOSHIBA 6581381 8 Monitoring the operation status Refer to section 4 1 about flow of monitor 8 1 Status monitor mode 8 1 1 Status monitor under normal conditions In this mode you can monitor the operation status of the inverter To display the operation status during normal operation Press the ey twice Setting procedure eg operation at
29. 6581381 3 1 1 _ How to start and stop E Example ofa iM setting procedure Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency operation stopped 2 3 When standard monitor display selection 7 i Operation frequency AUF Displays the first basic parameter Wizard function ALF Q Q ChEd Press either the A or Y key to select F g d a Press ENT key to display the parameter setting Default setting 7 Q i Change the parameter to panel by pressing the A key lof hid Press the ENT key to save the changed parameter 7 and the foo parameter set value are displayed alternately 1 Start and stop using the operation panel keys C77 d i Use the and keys on the operation panel to start and stop the motor Motor starts Motor stops To switch between forward run and reverse run from the control panel the parameter F r forward reverse run selection needs to be set to or J 2 RUN STOP by means of an external signal to the terminal board M H d Sink Negative logic Use external signals to the inverter terminal board to start and stop the motor Slow down Short and terminals run forward i i ON Open and terminals slow down and stop F cc__j OF 3 Coast stop The standard default setting is for slowdown stop To Motor Coast stop make a coast stop assign a 1 ST terminal function speed n K to an idle terminal
30. And the adjustment range F is changed from 0 0Hz to F H Therefore You must set value of maximum frequency in L L F 76 TOSHIBA 6581381 E An example of setting when F H is 80 and F 71 is 10 00 F 1G5 1 F 175 0 00 F 1G5 1 F 10 5 20 Operation Operation panel display panel display 800 1000 0 0 Hz Output frequency Output frequency F 70 5 0 F 10 5 80 00 Operation panel display 800 0 0 Hz Output frequency 6 20 4 Changing the steps in which the value displayed changed L Free step 1 pressing a panel key once L H Free step 2 panel display e Function These parameters are used to specify steps in which the command value or standard monitor output frequency displayed on the panel changes each time you press the N key to set a frequency on the operation panel Note 1 The settings of these parameters have no effect when the free unit selection F 79 Z is enabled Note 2 If you press the O key on the panel repeatedly to increase the frequency while F 777 7 is set to any value other than 0 the HI alarm will appear immediately before the frequency exceeds the F H maximum frequency and the frequency will stop increasing Similarly if you press the Q key on the panel repeatedly to decrease the frequency the LO alarm will appear immediately before the frequency decreases below the 1 lower limit freque
31. Au ij 2 Automatically adjusts speed during acceleration only During deceleration speed is not adjusted automatically but reduced at the rate set with dE Output Output E frequency Hz When load is small frequency Hz When load is large Acceleration Deceleration time time time time Set ALi automatic acceleration deceleration to or 2 TOSHIBA 6581381 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Disabled manual AUI Automatic acceleration deceleration 1 Automatic 0 2 Automatic only at acceleration When automatically setting acceleration deceleration time always change the acceleration deceleration time so that it conforms to the load The acceleration deceleration time changes constantly with load fluctuations For inverters that requires a fixed acceleration deceleration time use the manual settings ACE GEL Setting acceleration deceleration time 7 o in conformance with mean load allows optimum setting that conforms to further changes in load Use this parameter after actually connecting the motor When the inverter is used with a load that fluctuates considerably it may fail to adjust the acceleration or deceleration time in time and therefore may be tripped H Methods of setting automatic acceleration deceleration Key operated LED display Operation 5 Displays the
32. Be sure to turn the VIA SW3 slide switch to the V position Note 3 F 18 VIA Enabled only when 2 9 ford Disabled and the set value cannot be read out if F 9 is set at 7 TOSHIBA 6581381 E Connection method 1 A contact input Input terminal This function is activated when the input terminal and CC common are short circuited Use this function to specify i forward reverse run or a preset speed operation cc 2 Connection with transistor output Sink setting ae i Operation can be controlled by connecting the iaa i input and CC common terminals to the i output no contacts switch of the programmable controller Use this function to specify forward reverse run or a preset speed i operation Use a transistor that operates at cc i 24Vdci5mA Interface between programmable controller and inverter Note When using a programmable controller with open collector outputs for control connect it to the PCL terminal as shown in the figure below to prevent the inverter from malfunctioning because of a current that flows in Also be sure to turn the SW4 slide switch to the PLC position Programmable controller Inverter Slide switch SW4 TOSHIBA 6581381 3 Sink Negative logic Source Positive logic input Sink logic source logic input terminal logic switching is possible gt For more details see section 2 3 2 6 3 3 Modifying output te
33. Carrier frequency cooling ventilation required area required for sealed 8kHz 42kHz m min storage cabinet m 0 25 0 88 0 36 1 26 0 58 2 02 0 68 2 4 1 1 3 86 Three Phase 1 42 4 98 200V class a 1 97 6 92 2 62 9 18 3 59 12 58 3 98 13 96 4 35 15 26 6 18 21 7 0 26 0 9 0 31 4a 0 44 1 56 0 59 2 06 1 0 3 52 1 23 4 3 1 66 5 82 Three Phase 2 45 8 6 400V class 2 12 5 3 44 12 06 3 57 12 52 4 83 16 94 5 59 19 60 7 17 25 14 8 32 29 18 11 11 38 98 E Panel designing taking into consideration the effects of noise The inverter generates high frequency noise When designing the control panel setup consideration must be given to that noise Examples of measures are given below e Wire so that the main circuit wires and the control circuit wires are separated Do not place them in the same conduit do not run them parallel and do not bundle them e Provide shielding and twisted wire for control circuit wiring A 22 TOSHIBA 6581381 e Separate the input power and output motor wires of the main circuit Do not place them in the same conduit do not run them parallel and do not bundle them e Ground the inverter ground terminals Ly e Install surge suppressor on any magnetic contactor and relay coils used around the inverter e Install noise filters if necessary e Install EMC plate and use shielded wires
34. Current ripple will raise the output peak current making it easier to set off the overcurrent trip TOSHIBA 6581381 Power factor correction capacitor Power factor correction capacitors cannot be installed on the output side of the inverter When a motor is run that has a power factor correction capacitor attached to it remove the capacitors This can cause inverter malfunction trips and capacitor destruction U T1 Inverter y 1 z Remove the power factor correction Capacitor and surge absorber 1 1 1 Power factor correction capacitor Operating at other than rated voltage Connections to voltages other than the rated voltage described in the rating label cannot be made If a connection must be made to a power supply other than one with rated voltage use a transformer to raise or lower the voltage to the rated voltage Circuit breaking when two or more inverters are used on the same power line MCCB1 MCCB2 circuit breaking fuse x x MCCB3 ia MCCBn 1 Kon Breaking of selected inverter There is no fuse in the inverter s main circuit Thus as the diagram above shows when more than one inverter is used on the same power line you must select interrupting characteristics so that only the MCCB2 will trip and the MCCB1 will not trip when a short occurs in the inverter INV1 When you cannot select the proper characteristics install a circuit interrupting fuse between the MCCB2 and the INV1
35. F Eilg 0112 Input terminal 0 72 R 3 selection 2 R EI 0113 Input terminal 0 72 RES 10 selection 3 RES Input terminal 0 72 SS1 6 Fii 0118 selection 8 VIA Output terminal 0 255 LOW 4 6 3 3 Eg 0130 selection 1A RY RC Fide 0132 Output terminal 0 255 FL 10 selection 3 FL EJ 0137 Output terminal 0 255 always ON 255 6 3 4 selection 1B RY RC E139 0139 Output terminal 0 logic selection RY RC F46 0146 Delay time for s 0 1 0 1 0 0 60 0 0 0 6 3 5 RY_RC relay FIG 0147 Delay time for FL s 0 1 0 1 0 0 60 0 0 0 relay Fig 0160 Analog VIA 1 0 100 0 6 3 6 il detection level FIT 0161 Analog VIA 1 1 0 20 3 detection band F ibe 0162 Analog VIB 1 0 100 0 detection level Fiba 0163 Analog VIB 1 0 20 3 detection band F 167 0167 Frequency Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 25 6 3 7 command agreement detection range Fido 0170 Base frequency 2 Hz 0 1 0 01 25 0 200 0 50 0 WP 6 4 1 60 0 WN FFI 0171 Base frequency V 1 0 1 50 330 200V class 2 voltage 2 50 660 400V class Fide 0172 Torque boost 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 30 0 oa 1 Default values vary depending on the capacity See the table of page K 14 2 230 WP WN type 400 WP type 460 WN type K 4 TOSHIBA 6581381 e Frequency parameters Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference No
36. F iB OFF The output frequency is equal to or lower than iG F ide 67 RCHON Inversion of over set frequency attainment signal Inversion of RCHO setting 68 253 Disabled Invalid settings always OFF ignored Invalid settings always OFF ignored 254 AOFF Always OFF Always OFF 255 AON Always ON Always ON K 19 II TOSHIBA E6581381 12 Specifi 12 1 Models and their standard specifications E Standard specifications Item Specification Input voltage 3 phase 200V Applicable motor kW 0 4 0 75 1 5 2 2 4 0 55 7 5 11 15 18 5 22 30 Type VFFS1 Form 12004PM 2007PM 2015PM 2022PM 2037PM 2055PM 2075PMI2110PM 2150PM 2185PM 2220PM 2300PM 2 Capacity kVA Note 1 1 1 1 8 2 9 4 0 6 7 9 2 12 2 17 6 23 2 28 5 33 5 446 5 Rated output current 74 8 88 0 117 0 amp A Note 2 2 8 46 75 10 6 17 5 24 2 32 46 2 61 67 3 79 2 105 3 Output voltage Note 3 3 phase 200V to 240V Overload current rating 110 60 seconds 180 2 second 32 Voltage frequency 3 phase 200V to 240V 50 60Hz 2 Allowable fluctuation Voltage 10 15 Note 4 frequency 5 A IP00 Open Protective method IP20 Enclosed type type Note 5 Cooling method Forced air cooled Color Munsel 5Y 8 0 5 Built in filter Basic filter Item Specification Input voltage
37. FH Hz 0 0 F iG 2 Speed reach detection band 0 0 FH Hz 2 5 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Setting value 8 RCHF designated frequency ON Output terminal 0 255 signal or 22an EL ERO 1A See page K 17 9 RCHFN designated frequency OFF signal Note Select the F parameter function No 8 or 9 to specify FLA FLC FLB terminal output TOSHIBA 6581381 If the detection band value the set frequency is less than the designated frequency Output frequency Hz Time s RY RC terminals i ii ON FLA FLC FLB terminals OFF ON ieee speed reach aa S E a OFF 6 1 4 Over set frequency attainment signal Set frquency speed reach signal F iii I Speed reach setting frequency E iU Speed reach detection band prose see sa snot shoe Set Ses sos see see eo ee eee se 3 Function Dg ON signal is generated After that F signal is generated Fa c E Finer i88 Ol i l 1 When the output frequency becomes equal to more than F iif i 1 the output frequency becomes equal to less than F fff i f I Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F10 Speed reach setting frequency 0 0 F H Hz 0 0 Fige Speed reach detection band 0 0 F H Hz 25 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment Setting value range F iJi Output terminal
38. Low speed signal OFF signal 6 1 2 Output of designated frequency reach signal F U Speed reach detection band e Function When the output frequency becomes equal to the setting by designated frequency F i 2 an ON or OFF signal is generated Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F G2 Speed reach detection band 0 0 FH Hz 2 5 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Setting value cag eae 0 255 6 RCH designated frequency ON signal or er See page K 17 7 RCHN designated frequency OFF signal RY RC Note Select the F 4 parameter to specify FLA FLC FLB terminal output TOSHIBA 6581381 Output frequency Hz Designated frequency F 42 Designated frequency Designated frequency E Time s frequency speed reach signal RY RC izo e ON FLA FLC FLB 3 OFF Set frquency spped reach signal j ie ON Inverted OFF 6 1 3 Output of set frequency speed reach signal itt Speed reach setting frequency ii Speed reach detection band e Function When the output frequency becomes equal to the frequency set by F 7 F if 2 anONor OFF signal is generated Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F iif Speed reach setting frequency 0 0
39. OHz Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Disabled F amp 4S PTC thermal selection 1 Enabled trip mode 0 2 Enabled alarm mode FRYE PTC detection resistor value 0 9999 3000 Connection promt ce cece crear es P10V Connect the resistor rated 1 4 watts 3 3k ohm between terminal PP and VIB Al Voltage F 69 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 17 16 Evasion from Overvoltage and Imput phase failure FHA Power supply compensation filter Ye Inhibitor filter F HA Inhibitor gain E HH H Power supply adjustment gain Function When connecting input reactor or voltage regulator or the impedance of power supply is too big the following phenomenon are happened eOvervoltage trip GF 1 772 0F 3 elnput phase failure E FH 1 eUnusual noise of inverter If these phenomena are occurred the following parametersF 44 F 4447 should be adjusted When the using machine has specific resonance the following phenomena are happened Vibration of machine Unusual noise of machine or Peripheral hese phenomena are occurred the following parameters 44 444 should be adjusted Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting EH i Power supply compensation filter 0 9999 us 0 FYB Inhibitor filter 0 9999 us 442
40. Refer to 3 Prohibited the motor s instruction manual Not observing these ranges may result in injury When sequence for restart after a momentary failure is selected inverter VAN Caution See item e Stand clear of motors and mechanical equipment 6 12 1 If the motor stops due to a momentary power failure the equipment will start suddenly after power recovers This could result in unexpected injury e Attach warnings about sudden restart after a momentary power failure on inverters 6 12 1 Mandatory A f motors and equipment for prevention of accidents in advance When retry function is selected inverter A Caution See item e Stand clear of motors and equipment 6 12 3 If the motor and equipment stop when the alarm is given selection of the retry function will Q restart them suddenly after the specified time has elapsed This could result in unexpected injury Mandatory e Attach warnings about sudden restart in retry function on inverters motors and equipment 6 12 3 for prevention of accidents in advance Maintenance and inspection AN Warning See item e Do not replace parts 14 2 S This could be a cause of electric shock fire and bodily injury To replace parts call the local sales agency Prohibited e The equipment must be inspected every day 14 If the equipment is not inspected and maintained errors and malfunctions may not be discovered and that could result in acciden
41. S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 9 W T3 For instruction in the United States Integral solid state short circuit protection does not provide branch circuit protection Branch circuit protection must be provided in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any additional local codes For instruction in the Canada Integral solid state short circuit protection does not provide branch circuit protection Branch circuit protection must be provided in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code and any additional local codes Refer to the table of next page about wire sizes TOSHIBA E6581381 9 2 3 _ Compliance with Peripheral devices Use the UL listed fuses at connecting to power supply Short circuit test is performed under the condition of the power supply short circuit currents in below These interrupting capacities and fuse rating currents depend on the applicable motor capacities Input voltage Drive motor Power supply short circuit and maximum input voltage 200V Up to 4 0kW Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable Of Delivering Not More Than 5 000A rms Symmetrical Amperes 240 Volts Maximu m When Protected by J Class Fuses 5 5kW and over Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable Of Delivering Not More Than 22 000A rms Symmetrical Amperes 240 Volts Maximu m When Protected by J Class Fuses 400V Up to 4 0kW Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable Of Delivering Not More Than 5 000A rm
42. See section 5 11 and 5 1 The motor does not ac celerate or decelerate smoothly e The acceleration time A or the deceleration time g is set too short Increase the acceleration time 4 or the deceleration time g A too large current flows into the motor e The load is too heavy Reduce the load e If the motor runs at a low speed check whether the torque boost amount is too large gt gt See section 5 11 The motor runs at a higher or lower speed than the specified one The motor has an improper voltage rating Use a motor with a proper voltage rating e The motor terminal voltage is too low Check the setting of the base frequency voltage parameter u L u gt See section 6 12 5 Replace the cable with a cable larger in diameter he reduction gear ratio etc are not set properly Adjust the reduction gear ratio etc he output frequency is not set correctly Check the output frequency range The motor speed fluctu ates during operation TI TI Adjust the base frequency See section 5 9 The load is too heavy or too light Reduce the load fluctuation The inverter or motor used does not have a rating large enough to drive the load Use an inverter or motor with a rating large enough e Check whether the frequency setting signal changes e If the V F control selection parameter F is set at 3 check the vector control setting operation conditions etc See s
43. automatic torque boost and automatic energy saving motor constant setting motor tuning is required The following two methods are available to set motor constants 1 Setting V F control mode selection Ft and auto tuning F 44 i independently 2 Combining the V F control mode selection F and manual tuning Check to be sure that the setting of the parameter u and that of the parameter u i u agree with the base frequency rated rotational speed and base frequency voltage rated voltage of the motor to be operated respectively If not set the parameters correctly When using the inverter to control the operation of a motor smaller in capacity by one grade or more be sure to set the motor rated current setting parameter F 4 5 properly Vector control may not operate properly if the motor capacity differs from the applicable rated capacity of the inverter by more than two grades If current waveforms oscillate during operation increase the speed control stability factor F 4 4 This is effective in suppressing oscillation F 48 TOSHIBA 6581381 Selection 1 Setting vector control and auto tuning independently This method sets energy saving sensorless vector control automatic torque boost and auto tuning independently Specify the control mode selection parameter 7 and then set auto tuning Set the auto tuning parameter F H HM to 2 Auto tuning enabled Parameter setting Tit
44. can be selected using the parameter G 7 E Using standard motors other than motors intended for use with inverters QL Mis setto 7 2 and 3 If the capacity of the motor is smaller than the capacity of the inverter or the rated current of the motor is smaller than the rated current of the inverter adjust the electronic thermal protection level 1LE H so that it fits the motor s rated current Output current reduction factor IMA EHr 1 0 E zho 55 30Hz Output frequency Hz Note The motor overload protection start level is fixed at 30Hz 5 TOSHIBA 6581996 E Using a VF motor motor for use with inverter ZZ filis setto 4 5 6 and 7 VF motors motors designed for use with inverters can be used in frequency ranges lower than those for standard motors but their cooling efficiency decreases at frequencies below 6Hz If the capacity of the motor is smaller than the capacity of the inverter or the rated current of the motor is smaller than the rated current of the inverter adjust the electronic thermal protection level 1 E H so that it fits the motor s rated current If the indications are in percentages then 100 equals the inverter s rated output current A Output current reduction factor A Ero P EA 0 6 0 6Hz Setting the motor overload starting level 2 Motor 150 overload time limit Parameter
45. during and after the operation E Replacement of expendable parts The inverter is composed of a large number of electronic parts including semiconductor devices The following parts deteriorate with the passage of time because of their composition or physical properties The use of aged or deteriorated parts leads to degradation in the performance or a breakdown of the inverter To avoid such trouble the inverter should be checked periodically Note Generally the life of a part depends on the ambient temperature and the conditions of use The life spans listed below are applicable to parts when used under normal environmental conditions the ambient temperature 35 degree the load factor 80 all day running TOSHIBA 6581381 1 Cooling fan The fan which cools down heat generating parts has a service life of about 30 000 hours about 2 or 3 years of continuous operation The fan also needs to be replaced if it makes a noise or vibrates abnormally 2 Smoothing capacitor e Main circuit The smoothing capacitors applied to this inverter in the main circuit DC section are film type capacitors Those life time in design value is 15 years but it is recommended to replace them after it is used for about 10 years under normal conditions Since the smoothing capacitors are mounted on a printed circuit board it needs to be replaced together with the circuit board e Control circuit The smoothing aluminum electrolytic capacitor deg
46. e Function The inverter will trip or alarm if the VIA value remains below the specified value for about 0 3 seconds In such a case tri E 49 F amp 34 Trip at VIA low level input mode us 7 F EHH Action in the event of VI II analogue input wire breakage alarm AL 5 is displayed The detection function is disabled The inverter will trip if the VIA value remains below the specified value for about 0 3 seconds Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Trip at VIA low level input 0 Disabled FEIF mode 1 100 0 F E44 Action in the event of VI II 0 Coast stop Trip mode 1 0 analogue input wire 1 Coast stop Alarm mode AL 5 breakage 2 Fallback speed Alarm mode Ai 75 3 Speed maintain Alarm mode Ail 75 4 Slowdown stop Alarm mode AL 75 FOU Fallback speed 0 0 F H 0 0 Note The VIA input value may be judged earlier to be abnormal depending on the degree of deviation of the analog data detected 6 17 14 Parts replacement alarms FoI Annual average ambient temperature For parts replacement alarms e Function You can set the inverter so that it will calculate the remaining useful lives of the cooling fan main capacitor and on board capacitor from the ON time of the inverter the operating time of the circui motor the output current load factor and the setting of F amp 34 and that it will display and send
47. e Function Use the above parameters to send signals from an external programmable controller to various control input terminals to operate and or set the inverter The desired contact input terminal functions can be selected from 57 types 0 to 71 This gives system design flexibility e The functions of the VIA terminal can be selected between analog input and contact input by changing parameter settings F 79 To use the VIA terminal as contact input terminals you need to set 4 to the number 1 or 2 that suits your needs since analog input voltage signal input is assigned to the terminals by default E Setting of contact input terminal function ermine Title Function Adjustment range Default setting symbol F i08 Always active function selection 1 0 F iif Always active function selection 2 1 ST F i Input terminal selection 1 F wks 2 F gt See page K 15 R F i ig Input terminal selection 2 R 3 R RES F i13 Input terminal selection 3 RES 10 RES VIA E 44 Input terminal selection 8 VIA 0 72 Note 2 6 SS1 Note 1 The function that has been selected using F i amp and F G always active function selection parameter are always activated Note 2 When using the VIA terminal as contact input terminals in sink logic connection be sure to insert a resistor between the P24 terminal and the VIA terminal Recommended resistance 4 7kQ 1 2W
48. pay attention to the following items VAN Caution Use an inverter that conforms to the specifications of power supply and three phase induction motor being used If the inverter being used does not conform to those specifications not only will the three phase induction motor not rotate correctly but it may cause serious accidents through overheating and Mandatory fi ire Comparisons with commercial power operation The VF FS1 Inverter employs the sinusoidal PWM system However the output voltage and output current are not perfect sine waves they have a distorted wave that is close to sinusoidal waveform This is why compared to operation with a commercial power there will be a slight increase in motor temperature noise and vibration Operation in the low speed area When running continuously at low speed in conjunction with a general purpose motor there may be a decline in that motor s cooling effect If this happens operate with the output decreased from rated load To carry out low speed operation continuously at the rated torque we recommend to use a inverter rated motor or a forced cooled motor designed for use with an inverter When operating in conjunction with a inverter rated motor you must change the inverter s motor overload protection level to VF motor use GL 7 Adjusting the overload protection level The VF FS1 Inverter protects against overloads with its overload detection circuits
49. that is lower than command frequency fo Hz by droop frequency Af Hz when the torque current is T4 See the above figure e The droop frequency Af can be calculated using the following expression Droop frequency Af Hz base frequency ui x F Jg 0x Torque current T F 32 3 e When the torque current is above the specified droop insensitive torque band F 3 2 3 the frequency is reduced during power running or increased during regenerative braking The above figure shows an example of the operating frequency during power running During regenerative braking control is performed in such a way as to increase the frequency e The droop function is activated above the torque current set with F 32 37 e The amount of droop frequency Af varies depending on the amount of torque current T4 Note If the base frequency w exceeds 100Hz count it as 100Hz Control is exercised between the starting frequency F lt 4 and the maximum frequency F H An example of calculation Parameter setting Base frequency 1 60 Hz d roop gain F 32 0 10 Droop insensitive torque band F 32 3 30 Droop frequency Af Hz and operating frequency f4 when command frequency fo is 50 Hz and torque current T is 100 are as follows Droop frequency Af Hz ui x F320 x T F 323 60 Hz x 10 x 100 30 4 2 Hz Operation frequency f Hz fo Af 50 Hz 4 2 Hz 45 8 Hz F 43
50. the output voltage will not exceed the input voltage The rate of voltage to frequency can be adjusted according to the rated motor capacity For example setting F J9 7 to G or i prevents the output voltage from increasing even if the input voltage changes when operation frequency exceeds the base frequency When the V F control mode selection parameter F is set to any number between and amp the supply voltage is corrected regardless of the setting of F 37 7 F 40 TOSHIBA 6581381 0 Supply voltage uncorrected output voltage limited 1 Supply voltage corrected output voltage limited Input voltage A High Low Input voltage E E T High r y o p E Output voltage V Output voltage V 0 0 Output frequenc L S ar Output frequency uL The above applies when V F control mode selection parameter P is set to 0 or 1 The output voltage can be prevented from exceeding the input voltage 2 Supply voltage uncorrected output voltage unlimited 3 Supply voltage corrected output voltage unlimited Input voltage Input voltage High High hod harsi iriiria De o Pe ow 0 Le eos Low Joveeeereeererreveny P 8 F s 3 32 se 8 3 S 5 O 0 0 Output frequency uL Output frequency t The above applies when V F control mode selection Even if uL u is set for an output voltage lower than the input ter PE is set to O or 1 i Peia afs set to OF a di
51. 0 Disabled FSO Forced fire speed control selection 0 1 Enabled F244 Forced fire speed setting frequency LL UL 50 0 When setting the parameter F 554 F ir E is displayed by pressing key It can be set by continuing the key for 2 seconds Setting the forced operation input terminal RES CC The control terminal RES The default setting is 10 reset function shall be assigned to 52 Forced operation function 2 or 53 Forced operation function 1 Title Function Adjustment range Setting value 52 Forced operation 2 F 13 Input terminal selection 3 RES 0 71 or 53 Forced operation 1 F 71 TOSHIBA 6 19 Adjustment parameters E6581381 6 19 1 Calibration of analog outputs Outpu Bias of analog output e Function to 7 5Vde Using Inclination characteristic of analog output parameters you can calibrate the output to 4 20mAdc or 20 4mAdc signals from FM terminals are analog voltage signals Their standard setting range is from 0 he FM SW2 slide switch in the inverter you can switch to 0 20mA output Also using these Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Inclination characteristic of 0 Negative inclination downward slope Fadi analog output 1 Positive inclination upward slope 1 FE42 Bias of analog output 0 100 0 Note To switch to
52. 0 20mAdc 4 20mAdc turn the FM SW2 slide switch to the I position E Example of setting FEI Output current Output current F59 11 F 6 92 20 mA 20 E p 5 O 5 E 4 Sou QFIE 0 100 0 100 Internal calculated value Internal calculated value F59 i 0 F 6 92 100 Foo 10 F 697100 mA mA ware 20 kerr r rng rer or eee z Fit Large gain 2 Small gain F592 5 D 5 4 gt 0 Q aes 0 100 0 100 Internal calculated value Internal calculated value The analog output inclination can be adjusted using the parameter F 7 F 72 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 20 Operation panel parameter 6 20 1 Prohibition of key operations and parameter settings E iit Prohibition of parameter change F 747 Prohibition of frequency setting on the operation panel FC 142 Prohibition of panel local remote operation LOC REM key F 11 1 Prohibition of panel operation RUN STOP keys E i 34 Prohibition of panel emergency stop operation F 115 Prohibition of panel reset operation ecu a T heat cui AA A A aA lt n a Sanaa hen cd These parameters allow you to prohibit the operation of the RUN and STOP keys on the operation panel and the change of parameters Using these parameters you can also prohibit various key operations Parameter setting Title F
53. 0 255 66 RCHO Over set frequency attainment selection 1A signal ON signal or RY RC 67 RCHON Over set frequency attainment signal OFF signal Note Select the F parameter to specify FLA FLC FLB terminal output TOSHIBA 6581381 Output frequency Hz Fama Fig Fier Eze Eyl Time s Over set frequency attainment signal RY RC i ON FLA FLC FLB ie lo OFF T attainment w gt cae 6 2 Input signal selection 6 2 1 Changing the functions of VIA terminal ii 4 VIA terminal function selection e Function This parameter allows you to choose between signal input and contact signal input for the VIA terminal Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 VIA analog input Analog contact input function selection VIA terminal 1 VIA contact input Sink 0 N 3 wo 2 VIA contact input Source When using the VIA terminal as contact input terminals in sink logic connection be sure to insert a resistor between the P24 terminal and the VIA terminal Recommended resistance 4 7kQ 1 2W Note When using the VIA terminal as a contact input terminal be sure to turn the VIA SW3 slide switch to the V position The figure on the right shows an example of the connection of input terminal VIA when it is used as contact input terminal This example illustrates the connection when the inv
54. 22 16 8 45 VFFS1 4450PL 35 38 16 8 55 VFFS1 4550PL 50 38 25 6 75 VFFS1 4750PL 70 60 35 6 Note 1 Sizes of the wires connected to the input terminals R L1 S L2 and T L3 and the output terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 when the length of each wire does not exceed 30m Note 2 For the control circuit use shielded wires 0 75 mm or more in diameter Note 3 For grounding use a cable with a size equal to or larger than the above J 1 TOSHIBA 6581381 Note 4 For IEC the wire sizes specified in the above table apply to PVC wires cupper wires shielded with an insulator with a maximum allowable temperature of 70 C used at an ambient temperature of 40 C or less For Japan the wire sizes specified in the above table apply to HIV wires cupper wires shielded with an insulator with a maximum allowable temperature of 75 C used at an ambient temperature of 40 C or less Note 5 If there is a need to bring the inverter into UL compliance use wires specified in Chapter 9 E Selection of wiring devices Molded case circuit Capacity of Input current A E breaker MCCB Magnetic contactor applicable arth leakage circuit MC Voltage class motor Inverter model breaker ELCB kw 200V class 200V 200V class 240V Rated current a Operational current A 400V class 380V 400V class 480V AC 1 0 4 1 9 1 6 VFFS1 2004PM 3 2
55. 6 Operation frequency 6 6 1 _ Starting frequency Starting frequency setting e Function The frequency set with 247 is put out as soon as operation is started Use the F 2477 parameter when a delay in response of starting torque according to the acceleration deceleration time is probably affecting operation Setting the starting frequency to a tti this fi below the rated sl Parameter setting value from 0 5 to 3Hz is recommended The occurrence of an overcurrent can be suppressed by f th t Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Feaug Starting frequency setting 0 5 10 0 Hz 0 5 Output frequency Hz Starting frequency F 7 45 0 i Time Operation signal F or R J OFF 6 6 2 _ Run stop control with frequency setting signals Operation starting frequency Operation starting frequency hysteresis e Function The Run stop of operation can be controlled simply with frequency setting signals Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F 24 Operation starting frequency 0 0 F H Hz 0 0 F242 Operation starting frequency hysteresis 0 0 F H Hz 0 0 Output frequency Hz F 24 point B The inverter begins accelerating after the frequency setting signal has reached Deceleration begi
56. A F Wizard function is displayed Q En Press either the A or the V key to select F 7 64 0 Press the ENT key to display the operation frequency Press either the A key or the key to adjust the meter The meter reading will change at this time but be careful because there will be no change in the inverter s digital LED monitor indication N Q EEEH Hint It s easier to make the adjustment if you push and hold for several seconds SAGS EN The adjustment is complete F 7 and the frequency are displayed belie alternately The display returns to its original indications 68 8 When standard monitor display selection F 7 i is set to 4 Operation frequency E Adjusting the meter in inverter stop state e Adjustment of output current F752 4 If when adjusting the meter for output current there are large fluctuations in data during adjustment making adjustment difficult the meter can be adjusted in inverter stop state When setting F752 to 5 for fixed output 1 100 output current a signal of absolute values will be output inverter s rated current 100 In this state adjust the meter with the F 7 Meter adjustment parameter Similarly if you set F752 to 6 for fixed output 2 output current at 50 a signal that is sent out when half the inverter s rated current is flowing will be output through the FM terminal After meter adjustment is ended set 754 to output current Adjustment of o
57. EIRIN EA TI E EAE EA ERATE EA E N EAEAN aa jeso galie p POETENE EE E A N N AAA I A N E N A E E TOETO 2 1 Cautions on wiring 2 2 Standard connections 2 3 Description of terminals Operations 3 1 Simplified operation of the VF FS1 a 3 2 How to operate the VF FS T a aaa a Sd NE RANEA eer ease ee Seated dee ae dda Basic VETS 1 Operations s sscececateces eset edit E ERNS usec ea Pes a se ea A a AN Be ed D 1 4 1 Flow of status monitor IOIO ise terere operire treytir e Tsd rese TENETE ae ESE SRE ERA SR ARISE ENANCIA NEANS A ISA D 2 4 2 AeA Parameters BREES TES EEE E cat dus eat EEA AEN ENNEN TEE IT D 3 BASIC ParalMeters POEPEN ARTENE E AEE AEETIS OTET 5 1 Setting acceleration deceleration time eeeeceeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeaeeseeesecsceeaeeseeeaeeaeceaeeaeesaeeseeaeseeeaeenaseaeeeeseaeees 5 2 Specifying an operation mode using parameters 5 3 Selection of operation mode 5 4 Motor sating and adjustment vi c0 40 ee ie tia aie Aiea eee as 5 5 Standard default setting 5 6 Forward reverse run selection Operation panel operation 5 7 Maximum frequency 5 8 Upper limit and lower limit frequencies eeeceeeeeseeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeaeeseeeseceaeeaeceeesecaeeneeeaesseseesaeteaeeaeeeaeeeeeeateaee 5 9 Base frequency 5 10 Selecting control mode 5 11 Manual torque boost increasing torque boost at low SPEeEdS eeceeceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeaeseeteeeeeeeeeeeaee E 24 5 12 Setting the ele
58. EMC plate Note Grounding terminal M8 screw Note EMC plate is supplied as option A 8 TOSHIBA 6581381 2 Grounding capacitor disconnecting switch and taps VAN Caution The grounding capacitor disconnecting tap is provided with a protection cover To avoid shock hazards always attach the cover after connecting or disconnecting the capacitor to or from the tap Mandatory Every three phase 400V model has a built in high attenuation noise filter which is grounded through a capacitor If you want to disconnect the capacitor from the grounding line to reduce the amount of leakage current you can do so easily using the switch or tap Keep in mind however that disconnecting the capacitor from the grounding line causes the inverter to become non compliant with the EMC directive Also note that the inverter must always be turned off before the capacitor is disconnected or reconnected Note In case of three phase 400V 5 5kW or less model if you disconnect the capacitor from ground set the parameter of carrier frequency F 3 i to 6kHz with motor cable length 30m or less 5 5kW or less Switch FAY To connect the capacitor to ground push this switch eal Factory default position CN aL NY lt lt _ To disconnect the capacitor from ground pull up this switch 7 5 18 5kW Tap lt lt To disconnect the capacitor from ground connect the lug terminal to
59. F i1 Base frequency voltage 2 pes y aoa gan 400 WP type 4 460 WN type Depending on model E E 9 Frig Torque boost 2 0 0 30 0 gt See page K 14 Motor electronic thermal coud 9 Fit protection level 2 10 100 A 100 F 485 Stall prevention level 2 10 110 A 110 TOSHIBA E6581381 E Setting of switching terminals The terminal for switching to motor 2 needs to be set since this function is not assigned under the default setting Assign this function to an idle terminal The parameters to be switched depend on the particular identification number of the input terminal selection 6 5 unction Input terminal function number 5 39 40 61 Parameters used and applicable parameters AD2 VF2 MOT2 OCS2 Default setting Pk uL ubu ub bar ACL OFF OFF OFF OFF JEC ESDA FGD ACO gt FSG dg EC gt Foo iE ON OFF OFF OFF P 7 s 3 F582 gt F503 OFF OFF OFF ON FEDI gt F IBS opin fof stg SRIF OFF ON OFF OFF re CERTEN t t L 2 ub gt F ile bre FTG Peatwut Fiigwubu eh iT A ON ub gt F ile ber oF TG FED i gt FIB5S ACC gt FSad GELS FSG F Soe Foo Note The parameters wi uL u Ft F 10 and F 7 cannot be switched during operation You need to stop operation when switching them Frequency priority selection 6 5 1 Using a frequency command according to the particular situation e Function The
60. Just by wiring the motor to the power supply allows instant operation without the need to program parameters 2 The RUN STOP button and LOC REM button allow easy operation 3 Superior basic performance 1 Automatic energy saving Smooth operation Reduced rotation ripple through the use of Toshiba s unique waveform formation 3 Built in current surge suppression circuit Can be safely connected even if power load is low Maximum 200Hz high frequency output Optimum for use with high speed motors such as those in lumber machinery and milling machines 5 Maximum carrier frequency 16kHz quiet operation Toshiba s unique PWM control reduces noise at low carrier 4 Globally compatible 1 Compatible with 200V and 400V power supplies 2 Conforms to CE marking and with UL CSA 3 Sink source switching of control input 5 Options allow use with a wide variety of applications e Internal communications devices LonWorks BACnet Metasys N2 Siemens APOGEE FLN e Extension panel Parameter writer e EMC noise reduction filter e Other options are common to all models 6 Extended power range e Wide range of powers up to 75kW for this class of inverter TOSHIBA 6581381 Contents Safety Precautions viae E N Wa oe a A kOe wt ISIE A 1 Introduction Read first 141 Check product purchase 1 2 Contents of the product 1 3 Names and TUnClONS P E SEEE C EEEE 1 4 ae cge the application
61. Panel Commun setting setting ication F113 0173 Motor electronic 1 1 10 100 100 5 12 thermal protection A 6 4 1 level 2 F185 0185 Stall prevention 1 1 10 110 110 6 4 1 level 2 A 6 17 2 Fep 0200 Frequency priority 0 Fi U d Switchable to F g O 7 by 0 6 5 1 selection inal i 7 1 less than 1 0Hz of designated frequency Feat 0207 VIA input point 1 17 0 100 0 6 5 2 setting Feae 0202 VIA input point 1 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 200 0 0 0 frequency Feagd 0203 VIA input point 2 1 1 0 100 100 setting Faga 0204 VIA input point 2 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 200 0 50 0 WP frequency 60 0 WN Fg 0207 Frequency setting 1 VIA 2 6 3 7 mode 2 VIB 6 5 1 selection 2 3 Operation panel 7 1 4 RS485 communication 5 UP DOWN from external contact Feu 0210 VIB input point 1 71 0 100 0 6 5 2 setting Felt 0211 VIB input point 1 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 200 0 0 0 frequency Fale 0212 VIB input point 2 17 0 100 100 setting Feld 0213 VIB input point 2 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 200 0 50 0 WP frequency 60 0 WN Egg 0240 Starting frequency Hz 0 1 0 01 0 5 10 0 0 5 6 6 1 setting Feyl 0241 Operation starting Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 0 6 6 2 frequency Feyve 0242 Operation starting Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 0 frequency hysteresis Fsg 0250 DC braking Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 0 6 7 1 starting frequency Fest 0251 DC braking A 1 0 100 50 current Fese 0252 DC braking time s 0 1 0 1 0 0 20 0 1 0 Fess 0256 Auto stop in case s 0 1 0 1 0 0 Disabled 0 0 6 8 of lower l
62. Preset speed Hz 0 1 0 01 LL UL 25 0 operation frequency 3 5r 4 0021 Preset speed Hz 0 1 0 01 bbe 30 0 operation frequency 4 5 5 0022 Preset speed Hz 0 1 0 01 LL UL 35 0 operation frequency 5 ors 0023 Preset speed Hz 0 1 0 01 LL UL 40 0 operation frequency 6 Sr7 0024 Preset speed Hz 0 1 0 01 LL UL 45 0 operation frequency 7 F Extended 4 2 2 parameters Dr Automatic edit 4 2 3 function 1 230 WP WN type 400 WP type 460 WN type 2 Default values vary depending on the capacity See the table of page K 14 3 O valid x invalid K 3 II TOSHIBA 6581381 11 3 Extended parameters e Input output parameters 1 Minimum Title Communicatio Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference n No IPanel Commun setting setting ication Figg 0100 Low speed signal Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 0 6 1 1 output frequency Fig 0101 Speed reach Hz 0 170 017 0 0 FH 0 0 6 1 3 setting frequency F ipg 0102 Speed reach Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 2 5 6 1 2 detection band Figg 0108 Always active 0 72 No function 0 6 3 1 function selection 1 Figg 0109 Analog contact VIA analog input 0 6 2 1 input function K selection VIA VIA contact input Source terminal Ferg 0110 Always active 0 72 ST 1 6 3 1 function selection 2 Fill 0111 Input terminal 0 72 F 2 6 3 2 selection 1
63. The EMC standards are broadly divided into two categories immunity and emission related standards each of which is further categorized according to the operating environment of each individual machine Since inverters are intended for use with industrial systems under industrial environments they fall within the EMC categories listed in Table 1 below The tests required for machines and systems as final products are almost the same as those required for inverters TOSHIBA Table 1 EMC standards E6581381 Category Subcategory Pare Test standard and level Emission Radiation noise CISPR11 EN55011 Transmission noise CISPR11 EN55011 Static discharge IEC61000 4 2 Radioactive radio frequency IEC61000 4 3 magnetic contactor field immunity First transient burst IEC 61800 3 EC61000 4 4 Lightning surge IEC61000 4 5 Radio frequency IEC61000 4 6 induction transmission interference Voltage dip Interruption of power IEC61000 4 11 9 1 2 _ Measures to satisfy the EMC directive This subsection explains what measures must be taken to satisfy the EMC directive 1 and radiati In the combinations listed in Table 2 Inverters are tested in these combination to see if they comply with transmission noise standards For inverters used in Japan it is recommended to use the NF series of noise filters ion noise from input cables Table 2 lists noise filters recommended f
64. The following explanations are applied REMOTE mode only Setting the operation frequency Applied operation can be performed by selecting the inverter frequency setting To make settings for applied operation use the basic parameter F 7 g selection of frequency setting mode 1 and the extended parameters F 277 frequency priority selection and F 27 7 selection of frequency setting mode 2 1 Operation panel key setting 2 External potentiometer setting Enter the number with the operation panel keys then press the key to conform Save the setting TOSHIBA 6581381 3 Input voltage setting 1 0 to 10 Vdc 4 Input voltage setting 2 0 to 10 Vdc PLC PP VIA VIB ee Voltage signal OO FAG i FAGd Feog 7g Feog d Use the parameters F 74 ito F 244 for this setting Use the parameters F 2 Oto F 2 13 for this setting 5 Input current setting 4 to 20 mAdc 6 External contact UP DOWN Current signal Prag 5 F200 0 Use the parameters F 764 to F 244 for this setting To change the frequency when power is off set F259 Rewriting of F 26 8 when power is turned off 2 4 Allocation of UP 4 42 Allocation of DOWN 8 44 Allocation of CLR 149 VlA contact input Sink Insert a resistor between P24 and VIA terminal Recommended value 4 7k Q 1 2W F F TOSHIBA 6581381 7 Preset speed 8 Vol
65. above combination use the S pattern acceleration deceleration function or when vector control is selected adjust the speed control response stability factor or switch to V F control mode Combined with loads that have sharp fluctuations in rotation such as piston movements In this case please do not use this inverter Braking a motor when cutting off power supply A motor with its power cut off goes into free run and does not stop immediately To stop the motor quickly as soon as the power is cut off install an auxiliary brake There are different kinds of brake devices both electrical and mechanical Select the brake that is best for the system Load that produces regenerative torque Do not use the inverter in combination with a load such as an air conditioner that produces regenerative torque Or the overvoltage or overcurrent protection circuit of the inverter may be activated causing the inverter to trip If overvoltage tripping occurs during deceleration lengthen the deceleration time TOSHIBA 6581381 Braking motor When using a braking motor if the braking circuit is directly connected to the inverters s output terminals the brake cannot be released because of the lowered starting voltage Therefore when using a braking motor connect the braking circuit to the inverter s power supply side as shown in the figure below Usually braking motors produce larger noise in low speed ranges Note In the case of the circ
66. all input power 2 Wait at least ten minutes and check to make sure that the charge lamp is no longer lit 3 Use a tester that can measure DC voltage 800VDC or more and check to make sure that the voltage to the DC main circuits across PA and PC is 45V or less If these steps are not properly performed the wiring will cause electric shock Tighten the screws on the terminal board to specified torque If the screws are not tightened to the specified torque it may lead to fire TOSHIBA 6581381 Warning Be Grounded e Ground must be connected securely If the ground is not securely connected it could lead to electric shock or fire when a malfunction or current leak occurs A Caution Prohibited e Do not attach devices with built in capacitors such as noise filters or surge absorber to the output motor side terminal This could cause a fire E Preventing radio noise To prevent electrical interference such as radio noise separately bundle wires to the main circuit s power terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 and wires to the motor terminals U T1 V T2 W T3 H Control and main power supply E Wiring 2 2 The control power supply and the main circuit power supply for the VF FS1 are the same gt See section 6 17 3 If a malfunction or trip causes the main circuit to be shut off control power will also be shut off When checking the cause of the malfunction
67. been stored into memory can be displayed even after power has been reset Parameter setting Inverter trip retention selection Title Function Adjustment range Default setting n i A A 0 Canceled with the power off FED Inverter trip retention selection 1 Still retained with the power off 0 The causes of up to four trips that occurred in the past can be displayed in status monitor mode Data displayed in status monitor mode when the inverter is tripped is cleared when power is turned off Past trip records can be displayed Trip records are retained even if power is turned off and turned back on during retry operation E Flow of operation when F 5 O F Reset the inverter by panel or o terminal pran trip Turn power off then turn it back on to reset the inverter gt Completion of reset Normal operation The relay trips again Display of the cause Failure signal FL activated If the cause of the trip is not eliminated Trip state is retained Inte cause or the Display of the cause trip is eliminated Failure signal FL not activated F 59 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 17 4 Emergency stop Lia Emergency stop Li 4 Emergency DC braking time e Function These parameters allow you to specify how to stop operation using an external control device when an external trip occurs When oper
68. coefficient e Function If the permanent magnet motor PM motor steps out and if the exciting current increases it increases in such a case and remains above the value set with F 4 for the period of time set with F i the inverter will judge the motor to be stepping out and trip it At that time the trip message COLE is displayed Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F9 iG Step out detection current level 10 150 A 100 pa y A 0 0 No detection F4 Step out detection time 0 1 25 0 S 0 0 F9 id High speed torque adjustment coefficient 0 00 650 0 0 00 Note 1 When using an PM motor consult your Toshiba dealer since the inverter is not compatible with all types of PM motors Note 2 The inverter may fail to detect step out in some cases because it uses an electrical method to detect step out To avoid detection failures you are recommended to install a mechanical step out detector Note 3 There is no need adjust 9 2 under normal conditions Do not change the setting unless otherwise instructed by Toshiba technical staff F 87 TOSHIBA 6581381 7 Applie ition 7 1 Applied operation can be performed by selecting the frequency mode and command mode setting However in case the LOCAL mode is selected by key lighting a LOC REM lamp frequency setting mode and command mode are fixed operation panel key setting mode
69. command tom a terminal board To do so however the frequency command forced switching function input terminal function selection 38 needs to be set beforehand to an input terminal board f an OFF command is entered to the input terminal board The command specified with 7 7 g will be 20 7 will be 7 is done automatically according to f the frequency set with F 7 g is above 1Hz The command specified with 77 g will be selected f the frequency set with F 7 1d is 1Hz or less The command specified with F 2 7 7 will be selected TOSHIBA 6581381 6 5 2 Setting frequency command characteristics x My Zy VIA input point 1 setting 7 my Ty My VIA input point 1 frequency 7 My 7 My Zy Ey X fod VIA input point 2 setting VIA input point 2 frequency 4 M VIB input point 1 setting Zy 4 rus VIB input point 1 frequency x rus ry VIB input point 2 setting 7 we My VIB input point 2 frequency 4 pox i Communication command point 1 setting po Communication command point 1 frequency Communication command point 2 setting wv Ry ae fog ra Communication command point 2 frequency e Function These parameters adjust the output frequency according to the externally applied analog signal 0 10Vdc voltage 4 20mAdc current and the entered command for setti
70. cover the lug connector with insulated tube or use the insulated lug connector Screw size tightening torque M4 screw 1 3Nm 10 7lb in M5 screw 2 5Nm 22 3lb in M6 screw 4 5Nm 40 1lb in M8 screw 12Nm 106lb in M12 screw 41Nm 360lb in TOSHIBA E6581381 VFFS1 2004 2037PM Q ru saz T L3 M4 screw y x Grounding terminal Screw hole for EMC plate M5 screw Note VFFS1 4004 4055PL Grounding capacitor RILI S L2 TIL3 disconnecting switch gt See page A 9 M4 screw H m Bi u U u U U PA PC UTi wt2 wits Grounding terminal Screw hole for EMC plate M5 screw Note Note EMC plate is supplied as standard only WP model A 6 TOSHIBA 6581381 VFFS1 2055 2075PM 4075 4110PL Grounding capacitor disconnecting tap M4 screw See page A 9 4075 4110PL only only M5 screw RIL1 TIL3 PC UTi v2 wits O O oes
71. electronic thermal The electronic thermal s reference current is set to the inverter s rated current so it must be adjusted in ine with the rated current of the general purpose motor being used in combination High speed operation at and above 60Hz Operating at frequencies greater than 60Hz will increase noise and vibration There is also a possibility his will exceed the motor s mechanical strength limits and the bearing limits so you should inquire to he motor s manufacturer about such operation Method of lubricating load mechanisms Operating an oil lubricated reduction gear and gear motor in the low speed areas will worsen the ubricating effect Check with the manufacturer of the reduction gear to find out about operable gearing area TOSHIBA 6581381 Low loads and low inertia loads The motor may demonstrate instability such as abnormal vibrations or overcurrent trips at light loads of 5 or under of the load percentage or when the load s inertia moment is extremely small If that happens reduce the carrier frequency Occurrence of instability Unstable phenomena may occur with the load and motor combinations shown below Combined with a motor that exceeds applicable motor ratings recommended for the inverter Combined with special motors To deal with the above lower the settings of inverter carrier frequency Combined with couplings between load devices and motors with high backlash When using the inverter in the
72. failure the main circuit etc for phase failure crnu Enable F 05 Output phase failure detection You can select a trip ON OF F by parameters Continued overleaf M 1 13 13 TOSHIBA 6581381 Continued Error code Failure code Problem Possible causes Remedies OP i 000A Overvoltage during e The imput voltage fluctuates abnormally e Make a service call acceleration 1 The capacity of power supply is high 2 A power factor improvement capacitor is opened or closed 3 Asystem using a thyrister is connected to the same power distribution line e Arestart signal is input to the rotating motor e Use F 3 auto restart and F 3 5 2 after a momentary stop etc coast stop e There is possibility of output phase failure e Check the main circuit output line motor etc for phase failure GF e 000B Overvoltage during e The deceleration time g is too short e Increase the deceleration time g deceleration Regenerative energy is too large e F J05 overvoltage limit operation is off e Enable 385 overvoltage limit e The input voltage fluctuates abnormally operation 1 The capacity of power supply is high e Make a service call 2 A power factor improvement capacitor is opened and closed 3 A system using a thyrister is connected to the same power distribution line e Check the main circuit output line motor e There is possibility of output phase
73. frequency Hz 4 Set frequency 0 gt Time s Acceleration deceleration switching signal 1 Acceleration at the gradient corresponding 3 Deceleration at the gradient corresponding to acceleration time A to deceleration time F50 2 Acceleration at the gradient corresponding 4 Deceleration at the gradient corresponding to acceleration time F 50 0 to deceleration time dE F 56 TOSHIBA 6581381 E How to set parameters a Operating method Terminal input Set the operation control mode selection NG g to 7 b Use the RES terminal for switching Instead other terminals may be used RES Acceleration deceleration switching signal Title Function Adjustment range Setting value 5 the second F113 Input terminal selection 3 RES 0 72 acceleration deceleration mode selection E Acceleration deceleration pattern Acceleration deceleration patterns can be selected individually using the acceleration deceleration 1 2 and 3 parameters 1 Linear acceleration deceleration 2 S pattern acceleration deceleration 1 3 S pattern acceleration deceleration 2 Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F502 Acceleration deceleration 1 pattern 0 Linear 0 1 S pattern 1 F503 Acceleration deceleration 2 pattern 2 S pattern 2 0 Both the settings of the S pattern lower limit and upper limit adjustment parameters F 576 and F 5
74. from the step of f if F display key several times to 4 2 8 _How to save load the user setting parameters The current settings of all parameters can be stored saved in memory at a time by setting the standard setting mode selection parameter t 4 7 to 7 Also all parameter settings stored in memory can be restored loaded by setting parameter t 4 F to This means that you can use this parameter Y 7 and as the parameter for your own initial settings default settings TOSHIBA 6581381 5 Basic Before you operate the inverter the parameters that you must first program are the basic parameters 5 1 Setting acceleration deceleration time Hii I Automatic acceleration deceleration ue AEL Acceleration time 1 AET Deceleration time 1 e Function 1 For acceleration time 1 f programs the time that it takes for the inverter output frequency to go from OHz to maximum frequency FH R 2 For deceleration time 1 4 programs the time that it takes for the inverter output frequency to got from maximum frequency F H to OHZ i 5 1 1 Automatic acceleration deceleration This automatically adjusts acceleration and deceleration time in line with load size ul ij Adjusts the acceleration deceleration time automatically within the range of 1 8 to 8 times as long as the time set with the F or dE depending on the current rating of the inverter
75. is referred to as positive logic Each logic is supplied with electricity from either the inverter s internal power supply or an external power supply and its connections vary depending on the power supply used lt Examples of connections when the inverter s internal power supply is used gt Slide switch SW4 SINK Slide switch SW4 SOURCE Sink Negative logic Source Positive logic Input Inverter Programmable controller Inverter Programmable controller TOSHIBA 6581381 E SINK Negative logic SOURCE Positive logic When an external power supply is used The PLC terminal is used to connect to an external power supply or to insulate a terminal from other input or output terminals As for input terminals turn the SW4 slide switch to the PLC position lt Examples of connections when an external power supply is used gt Slide switch SW4 PLC Slide switch SW4 PLC Sink Negative logic Source Positive logic Common PLC Programmable Inverter Programmable Inverter controller controller E Selecting the functions of the VIA terminals between analog input and contact input The functions of the VIA terminal can be selected between analog input and contact input by changing parameter settings F i 4 Factory default setting Analog input When using these terminals as contact input terminals in a sink logic circuit be sure to insert a resistor between the P24 and VIA terminals Recommended re
76. multiple jump frequency setting width overlap During acceleration or deceleration the jumping function is disabled for the operation frequency F 28 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 10 Bumpless operation F 45 Bumpless operation selection e Function When switching from Remote mode to Local mode using key the status of start and stop and operating frequency at Remote mode are moved to Local mode By contraries when switching from Local mode to Remote mode they are not moved to Remote Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting i 3 0 Disabled pa Fegs Bumpless operation selection 1 Enabled 1 Example Remote mode 74 7 Terminal board Remote mode Local mode oF Key Setting frequency and start stop status are moved to Local mode when switching from Remote mode to Local mode F CC IS Motor runs continuously like an OFF example Internal operation command 1 Output frequency Remote mode When switching from Local Set frequency at mode to Remote mode setting Remote mode frequency and start stop status are determined by Remote mode status The example shows the motor Internal 4 operation OFF runs continuously because the command Remote mode is run status To prevent from moving the setting frequency and start stop status of Remote mode to Local mode the 795 is set to 7 Disabl
77. object into the inverter electrical wire cuttings rods wires This can Prohibited result in electric shock or fire Do not allow water or any other fluid to come in contact with the inverter That may result in electric shock or fire A Caution 9 Prohibited When transporting or carrying do not hold by the front panel covers The covers may come off and the unit will drop out resulting in injury 2 1 Cautions on wiring Warning 9S Never remove the front cover when power is on or open door if enclosed in a cabinet The unit contains many high voltage parts and contact with them will result in electric shock Prohibited Turn power on only after attaching the front cover or closing door if enclosed in a cabinet If power is turned on without the front cover attached or closing door if enclosed in a cabinet This can result in electric shock or other injury Mandatory Electrical construction work must be done by a qualified expert Connection of input power by someone who does not have that expert knowledge may result in fire or electric shock Connect output terminals motor side correctly If the phase sequence is incorrect the motor will operate in reverse and that may result in injury Wiring must be done after installation If wiring is done prior to installation that may result in injury or electric shock The following steps must be performed before wiring 1 Shut off
78. of 0 Permitted 0 panel reset 1 Prohibited operation Fudge 0738 Head of 0 AUF 0 6 20 7 parameter display 1 AUH selection E148 0748 Integral output 0 Disabled 1 6 20 8 power retention 1 Enabled selection FUG 0749 Display unit 0 1 1kWh 4 selection for 1 0 1 1kWh integral output 2 0 01 1kWh power 3 0 001 1kWh 1 Default values vary depending on the capacity See the table of page K 14 e Communication parameters ne Minimum Title Gomm acao Function Unit PanelCommur Adjustment range Sting ne Reference ication Faaa 0800 Communication 0 9600bps 1 6 21 rate 1 19200bps FEGI 0801 Parity 0 NON No parity A 1 EVEN Even parity 2 ODD Odd parity Fane 0802 Inverter number 1 1 0 247 0 Fagg 0803 Communication s 1 1 0 Disabled 0 error trip time 1 100 Faas 0805 Communication s 0 01 0 01 0 00 Regular communication 0 00 waiting time 0 01 2 00 Faas 0806 Setting of master 0 Slave 0 Hz command issued in 0 and slave for case the master inverter fails communication 1 Slave Operation continued in case between inverters the master inverter fails 2 Slave Emergency stop tripping in case the master inverter fails 3 Master transmission of frequency commands 4 Master transmission of output frequency signals Fait 0811 Communication 1 1 0 100 0 6 5 2 command point 1 6 21 setting Fale 0812 Communication Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 200 0 0 0 command point 1 frequency Fal 0813 Communication
79. oof Grounding terminal Screw hole for EMC plate M5 screw Note VFFS1 2110 2185PM 4150 4185PL Grounding capacitor disconnecting tap M4 screw gt See page A 9 4150 4185PL only M6 screw RLI siz TL3 PC UTI viT2 WT3 Q 4 me SS Ls oq Screw hole for EMC plate Grounding terminal Note M5 screw Note EMC plate is supplied as standard only WP model A 7 TOSHIBA 6581381 VFFS1 2220PM 4220 4300 4370 4450PL Grounding capacitor disconnecting switch gt See page A 10 M8 screw R L1 SA2 TES U T1 VIT2 W T3 OOO Ib gOOiO 0 0 1 10 Al P PA Q Pci PE IPY mi Grounding capacitor nI disconnecting switch CAA 4220 4300PL only Grounding terminal gt See page A 10 Screw hole for EMC plate Note Grounding terminal M5 screw VFFS1 2300PM 4550 4750PL Grounding capacitor disconnecting switch 400V only gt See page A 10 M12 screw S L2 __T L3 UMY _V IT2_W T3 Each main circuit terminal has the structure shown in the figure below Connect a cable to part A if it has a ring terminal or to part B if it has no terminal bare wire Parts A and B accommodate different sizes of cables so consult the cable size list for the size of cable connectable to each part Grounding terminal Screw hole for
80. or the trip use the trip holding retention selection parameter e Because the space between the main circuit terminals is small use sleeved pressure terminals for the connections Connect the terminals so that adjacent terminals do not touch each other e For ground terminal Q use wires of the size that is equivalent to or larger than those given in table 10 1 and always ground the inverter 200V voltage class D type ground 400V class C type ground Use as large and short a ground wire as possible and wire it as close as possible to the inverter e For the sizes of electric wires used in the main circuit see the table in 10 1 e The length of the main circuit wire in 10 1 should be no longer than 30 meters If the wire is longer than 30 meters the wire size diameter must be increased Standard connections Z Warning Prohibited e Do not connect input power to the output motor side terminals U T1 V T2 W T3 Connecting input power to the output could destroy the inverter or cause a fire e Do not insert a resistor between DC terminals between PA and PC It could cause a fire e First shut off input power and wait at least 10 minutes before touching wires on equipment MCCB that is connected to inverter power side Touching the wires before that time could result in electric shock TOSHIBA 6581381 2 2 1 Standard connection diagram 1 This diagram shows a standard wiring of
81. prevention prevention mg Additional parameter Minimum i 3 setting unit Default Title Function Unit Adjustment range y Reference Panel Commu setting nication F390 Lower Limit frequency for stall i Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 UL 0 0 7 prevention F399 Factory setting parameter 1 1 1 1 0 255 0 2 1 factory setting parameter is only for the maker Customers are not allowed to change it TOSHIBA E6581746 1 Lower Limit frequency for stall prevention In the present software motor speed is decreased to OHZ in case the stall prevention state is continued The new function is added on this firmware version up that motor speed is limited to F390 in such case When motor speed is lower than F390 during stall prevention motor speed is kept to F390 to increase motor current In this situation motor current is beyond stall prevention level F601 or F185 therefore over current or over load trip may occur in some case Output frequency Hz requency COMMAND ny EFxaT Run command F or R i ON Over current alarm status OFF TOSHIBA 6581996 E Additional sh The VF FS1 models that conform to the UL Standard and CSA Standard have the UL CSA mark on the nameplate This additional sheet is correction and additional information for E6581381 Sec 9 2 1 General The following steps must be performed before wiring and servicing 1 Turn off all input power 2 Wait at least ten minutes and check t
82. reaches the overheating protection alarm level How to set parameters gt See section 4 2 Setting monitor mode The mode for setting inverter parameters Status monitor mode The mode for monitoring all inverter status Allows monitoring of set frequencies output current voltage and terminal information For more on how to use the monitor gt See section 8 1 Pressing the key will move the inverter through each of the modes Standard monitor mode Status monitor Setting monitor mode mode TOSHIBA 6581381 4 1 Flow of status monitor mode Flow of monitor as following Setting monitor mode e AUF Standard monitor mode Display mode EB B D je gt S pgn Q ES w om eyes CS 30 kinds of data m 1 1 Q rS m x Q lt O ry rx t X Q Mu LS co D mu Qt gt TOSHIBA 6581381 4 2 How to set parameters The standard default parameters are programmed before the unit is shipped from the factory Parameters can be divided into 5 major categories Select the parameter to be changed or to be searched and retrieved The basic parameters that must be programmed Basic parameters before the first use gt See section 4 2 1 The parameters for detailed and special setting Extended parameters See section 4 2 2 Indicates para
83. selectable whether retention of integral output power values or not F 80 TOSHIBA 6581381 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F46 Integral output power retention 0 Disabled 1 f selection 1 Enabled 0 1 1 kWh F159 Display unit selection for integral 1 0 1 1 kWh Accoding to model output power 2 0 01 1 kWh gt See page K 14 3 0 001 1 kWh F 81 TOSHIBA E6581381 6 21 Communication function RS485 6 21 1 Setting of common function protocol Function FAGE Communication rate FASI Operation at communication error by disconnection Fat i Parity 456 Number of motor poles for communication Foi Inverter number Ea if Block write data 1 FANI Communication error trip time FAT i Block write data 2 F AHS Communication waiting time EH 15 Block read data 1 FATE Setting of master and slave for E ATE Block read data 2 communication between inverters F i i Communication commmand point 4 7 1 Block read data 3 1 setting FE ig Communication commmand point F F 74 Block read data 4 1 frequency FA 3 Communication commmand point E A 17 Block read data 5 2 setting FA IH Communication commmand point E A A M Free notes 2 frequency FAZ 4 Selection of c
84. specify which input device operation panel terminal board RS485 communication takes priority in entering an operation stop command or a frequency setting command VIA VIB operation panel RS485 communication device external contact up down At Local mode selection relation of L nO d F Gad setting he start stop operation and frequency setting by operation panel is prior with no lt Command mode selection gt Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Terminal board Eng Command mode selection 1 Operation panel 0 2 RS485 communication E Programmed value p Terminal board ON and OFF of an external signal Runs and stops operation operation ig Operation panel Press the and keys on the operation panel to start and stop operation Serial communication Run and stop through serial communication operation There are two types of function the function that conforms to commands selected by 7 7 that conforms only to commands from the terminal board See the table of input terminal function selection in Chapter 11 When priority is given to commands from a linked computer or terminal board they have priority over the g and the function setting of ND d TOSHIBA 6581381 lt Frequency setting mode selection gt Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 1 VIA 2 VIB Fig Frequency setting mode selection 1 3 Operation panel 1
85. the check results Aluminum electrolytic 10 years Replace with a new circuit board capacitor mounted on a printed circuit board Note The life of a part greatly varies depending on the environment of use TOSHIBA 6581381 14 3 Making a call for servicing For the Toshiba service network refer to the back cover of this instruction manual If defective conditions are encountered please contact the Toshiba service section in charge via your Toshiba dealer When making a call for servicing please inform us of the contents of the rating label on the right panel of the inverter the presence or absence of optional devices etc in addition to the details of the failure 14 4 Keeping the inverter in storage Take the following precautions when keeping the inverter in storage temporarily or for a long period of time 1 Store the inverter in a well ventilated place away from heat damp dust and metal powder 2 Ifthe printed circuit board in your inverter has an anti static cover black cover do not leave it detached from the circuit board during storage The cover must be detached before turning on the inverter 3 If no power is supplied to the inverter for a long time the performance of its capacity electrolytic capacitor declines When leaving the inverter unused for a long time supply it with electricity once every two years for 5 hours or more each to recover the performance of the capacity electroly
86. the interconnect cables between only e An impact load is applied the inverter and the motor You can select a trip ON OF by parameters M 3 13 13 TOSHIBA Alarm information E6581381 Each message in the table is displayed to give a warning but does not cause the inverter to trip Error code Problem Possible causes Remedies OFE ST terminal OFF The ST CC circuit is opened Close the ST CC circuit noFF Undervoltage in main The supply voltage between R S and T is Measure the main circuit supply voltage circuit under voltage If the voltage is at a normal level the inverter requires repairing rier Retry in process The inverter is n the process of retry The inverter is normal if it restarts after A momentary stop occurred several tens of senconds The inverter restarts automatically Be careful of the machine because it may suddenly restart E rri Frequency point The frequency setting signals at points 1 Set the frequency setting signals at points setting error alarm and 2 are set too close to each other 1 and 2 apart from each other T L r Clear command This message is displayed when pressing Press the STOP key again to clear the acceptable the STOP key while an error code is trip displayed EREE Emergency stop The operation panel is used to stop the Press the STOP key for an emergency command acceptable operation in automa
87. the main circuit Standard connection diagram SINK Negative common CC Main circuit power supply MCCB 240V class three phase 200 240V 3 R L1 H H 50 60Hz Noise ue 400V class three phase 380 480V x filter Power circuit 50 60H x C Forward ooo R Reverse VF FS1 Gee RES gt Reset Protective function 9 activation output Operation panelCC 9 Common Connector for P24 9 RS485 communications Low speed SW4 FM VIA signal output RC SOURCE _V v PLC l SINK sw2 SW3 FM cc VIA VIB P O ros O O Met n fais ce Voltage signal 0 10V es to Current signal 4 20mA External potentiometer 1k 10kQ 7 5V 1mA or input voltage signal across VIB CC terminals 0 10V or 4 20mA B 3 TOSHIBA 6581381 2 2 2 Standard connection diagram 2 Standard connection diagram SOURCE Positive common P24 Main circuit power supply MCCB RIL 200V class three phase 200 240V K 50 60Hz K 400V class three phase 380 480V X 50 60Hz Forward Reverse an Oo oO Noo Operation panel RES 9 Connector for a RS485 pen Reset Low speed sw4 mu SOURCE SINK ewe ew3 a CC VIA VIB PP Voltage signal 0 10V neler Current signal 4 20mA ammeter External potentiometer 1k 10kQ 7 5V 1mA or input voltage signal across VIB CC terminals 0 10V or 4 20mA B 4 TOSHIBA 6581381 2 3 Description of termina
88. the terminal board remove the front lower cover in line with the steps given below 1 2 Spada Bena 2 acl Turn the locking screw on the right side of the front panel 90 counterclockwise to align the dot on the screw with the unlock Pull the front panel toward you position mark upper side To avoid damage to the screw do d swing it to the left not apply excessive force to turn the screw more than 90 degrees and swing FOREN 10 the tert 3 4 Terminal board cover fl g Wiring port cover Remove the wiring port cover by pulling it down pass cables through the wiring port and connect Remove the terminal board cover by pulling it up toward you the cables to the terminal board A 11 TOSHIBA 6581381 1 3 4 How to open the front terminal board cover 22kW or more To wire the main circuit terminal board for models 22kW or more remomve the front cover Remove the screw Control circuit terminal board Open the control circuit terminal board cover To open the cover lift it with your finger placed at the p part on the right side of the cover TOSHIBA E6581381 1 4 Notes on the application 1 4 1 Motors When the VF FS1 and the motor are used in conjunction
89. they are fitted external to the cabinet please use an optional wiring port cover L 1 TOSHIBA E6581381 E Common specification Item Specification Control system Sinusoidal PWM control Rated output voltage Adjustable within the range of 50 to 660V by correcting the supply voltage not adjustable above the input voltage Output frequency range 0 5 to 200 0Hz default setting 0 5 to 80Hz maximum frequency 30 to 200Hz of frequency Minimum setting steps 0 1Hz analog input when the max frequency is 100Hz 0 01Hz Operation panel setting and communication setting Frequency accuracy Digital setting within 0 01 of the max frequency 10 to 60 C Analog setting within 0 5 of the max frequency 25 C 10 C Voltage frequency characteristics V F constant variable torque automatic torque boost vector control automatic energy saving PM motor control Auto tuning Base frequency 25 200Hz adjusting to 1 or 2 torque boost 0 30 adjusting to 1 or 2 adjusting frequency at start 0 5 10Hz Frequency setting signal External frequency potentiometer connectable to a potentiometer with a rated impedance of 1 10kQ 0 10Vdc input impedance VIA VIB 30kQ 4 20mAdc Input impedance 250Q Terminal board base frequency Principal control functions The characteristic can be set arbitrarily by two point setting Possible to set individually for t
90. to the motor test report There are two procedures for setting the other motor constants 1 The motor constant can be automatically set auto tuning Set the extended parameter F 4 0 D to 2 For details see selection 1 in 6 15 1 2 Each motor constant can be set individually For details see selection 2 in 6 15 1 5 Advanced energy saving Setting of V F control mode selection 7 to 4 Advanced energy saving Energy can be saved in all speed areas by detecting load current and flowing the optimum current that fits the load Motor constant must be set f the motor you are using is a 4P Toshiba standard motor and if it has the same capacity as the inverter there is no need to set the motor constant In any other case be sure to set the parameters wi ui uw FH tS tof 4 7 properly Be sure to set u base frequency ui u base frequency voltage F 4 5 rated current of motor and F4 7 rated speed of motor correctly as specified on the motor s nameplate For the setting of F4 6 no load current of motor refer to the motor test report There are two procedures for setting the other motor constants 1 The motor constant can be automatically set auto tuning Set the extended parameter F 477 to 2 For details see selection 1 in 6 15 1 2 Each motor constant can be set individually gt For details see selection 2 in 6 15 1 6 Operating a permanent magnet motor Setting of V F control mode select
91. to the protective action detection relay FLA B and C terminals even during the retry process assign the function 36 or 37 to F J2 Avirtual cooling time is provided for overload tripping 7L 1 44 2 In this case the retry function operates after the virtual cooling time and retry time In the event of tripping caused by an overvoltage 77 Q F 3 the retry function will not be activated until the voltage in the DC section comes down to a normal level In the event of tripping caused by overheating 74 the retry function will not be activated until the temperature in the inverter comes down low enough for it to restart operation The retry function does not work even though 37 J is activated in case of powering up with F 6 O 2 after trip During retrying the blinking display will alternate between t r 4 and the monitor display specified by status monitor display mode selection parameter F 7 ii The number of retries will be cleared if the inverter is not tripped for the specified period of time after a successful retry A successful retry means that the inverter output frequency reaches the command frequency without causing the inverter to re trip F 38 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 12 4 Avoiding overvoltage tripping F 305 Overvoltage limit operation F 5 6 Overvoltage stall protection level e Function These parameters are used to keep the output frequency constant or
92. trip e Aground fault occurs in the output cable or e Check the cable and the motor for ground the motor faults Ekan 0054 Auto tuning error e Check the motor parameter FY i toF 494 e Check the base frequency wi and the base frequency voltage ui w e The motor with the capacity of 2 classes or less than the inverter is used e The output cable is too thin e The motor is rotating e The inverter is used for loads other than those of three phase induction motors E E 4 pa 0029 Inverter e Circuit board is changed e Make a service call type error Or main circuit drive circuit board 0032 Brea in analog e The signal input via VIA is below the analog e Check the cables for breaks And check clo Pa signal cable sinal detectio level set with F5 7 7 the setting of input signal or setting value E be of FGF E l p 0033 CPU e A communications error occurs between e Make a service call communications control CPUs error E eo 0034 Excessive torque e The torque boost parameter F 4 2 is set too e Re do the Auto tuning then set F 49 2 boosted high e Re do the Auto tuning then set u b e The torque boost parameter w h is set too e Decrease the setting of the torque boost high parameter ub F402 e The motor has too small impedance E i 0035 CPU fault 2 e The control CPU is defective e Make a service call SAUE 002F Step out e The motor shaft is locked e Unlock the motor shaft For PM motor e One output phase is open e Check
93. use the magnetic contactor on the primary side as an on off switch for the inverter Instead stop and start the inverter by using terminals F and CC forward run or R and CC reverse run e Be sure to attach a surge killer to the exciting coil of the magnetic contactor MC TOSHIBA 6581381 10 3 E Magnetic contactor in the secondary circuit A magnetic contactor may be installed on the secondary side to switch controlled motors or supply commercial power to the load when the inverter is out of operation Notes on wiring Be sure to interlock the magnetic contactor on the secondary side with the power supply to prevent commercial power from being applied to the inverter output terminals When installing a magnetic contactor MC between the inverter and the motor avoid turning the magnetic contactor on or off during operation Turning the magnetic contactor on or off during operation causes a current to rush into the inverter which could lead to malfunction Installation of an overload relay 1 2 3 The VF FS1 inverter has an electronic thermal overload protective function In the following cases however an overload relay suitable for the adjustment of the motor electronic thermal protection level Hr and appropriate to the motor used should be installed between the inverter and the motor e When using a motor with a current rating different to that of the corresponding Toshiba general purpose motor
94. using the programmable terminal i function H ON Change to F i F ce iL OFF For coast stop open the ST CC when stopping the GN motor in the state described at left The monitor on the ST CC i i OFF inverter at this time will display GFF TOSHIBA E6581381 3 1 2 How to set the frequency E Example of a F i d setting procedure Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency operation stopped 8 8 When standard monitor display selection F 7 f Operation frequency AUF Displays the first basic parameter Wizard function ALF Q Q Pigd Press either the A key or V key to select F 7 D d i Press ENT key to display the parameter setting Default setting Q 3J Change the parameter to 3 Operation panel by pressing the key Jornoa Press the ENT key to save the changed parameter F 0 and the Seo parameter set value are displayed alternately Pressing the eo key twice returns the display to standard monitor mode displaying operation frequency 1 Setting the frequency using the operation panel F 7 7 4 7 Set the frequency with the operation panel Moves the frequency up Moves the frequency down E Example of operating a run from the panel Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency HRH When standard monitor display selection F 7 i Operation frequency WN Y Saag Set the operati
95. voltage 0 Fala 0878 Block read data 4 5 am Moma ion 0 Fat 0879 Block read data 5 z 7 Input terminal board monitor 0 8 Output terminal board monitor 9 VIA terminal board monitor 10 VIB terminal board monitor 11 Output motor speed monitor FREDO 0880 Free notes 1 1 0 65535 0 Fasan 0890 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 1 0 6 22 option 1 Fagi 0891 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 1 0 option 2 Fage 0892 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 1 0 option 3 F893 0893 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 1 0 option 4 F894 0894 Parameter for 11 0 65535 1 0 option 5 Fags 0895 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 1 0 option 6 Fags 0896 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 1 0 option 7 F897 0897 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 0 option 8 F898 0898 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 0 option 9 Fagg 0899 Parameter for 1 1 0 65535 0 option 10 4 This default value is changed by setting value of FA 249 K 13 I TOSHIBA 6581381 e PM motor parameters Minimum Title Communication Function Unit Setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference No IPanel Commun setting setting ication Fag 0910 Step out detection 1 1 10 150 100 6 23 current level A Fait 0911 Step out detection s 0 1 0 1 0 0 No detection 0 0 time 0 1 25 0 Fale 0912 High speed torque 0 01 0 01 0 00 650 0 0 00 adjustment coefficient E Default settin
96. you can press the MODE key to return to the status 1008 2g monitor mode or the standard monitor mode display of operation frequency start over from the step of If there is anything you do not understand during this operation press the ALF displa 4 2 4 Setting a parameter using the wizard function A HE Wizard function 4 if F The wizard function refers to the special function of calling up ten frequently used parameters Notes on operation You can set up the inverter easily by simply setting the parameters in one after another e f there is anything you do not understand during this operation press the key several times to start over from the step of f f F display HE Ad or End is affixed respectively to the first or last parameter TOSHIBA 6581381 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting The wizard function refers to the AUF Wizard function special function of calling up ten frequently used parameters E How to use the wizard function Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency operation stopped ag When standard monitor display selection F 7 i Operation frequency AUF The first basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed au Press the ENT key to confirm your choice The first parameter in the ea purpose specific wizard parameter group is displayed
97. you press the key the frequency setting F changes in steps of 1Hz 0 gt 1 gt 2 gt gt 60 Hz and also the value displayed on the operation panel changes in steps of 1 Use these settings to hide decimal fractions and also the value displayed on the operation panel changes in steps of 1 Use these settings to hide decimal fractions 6 20 5 Changing the item displayed by default F iif Standard monitor display selection e Function This parameter specifies display format while power is on E Changing the display format while power is on When the power is on the standard monitor mode displays the operation frequency default setting in the format of 7 7 or O F F This format can be changed to any other monitor display format by setting F 7 iD This new format however will not display an assigned prefix such as or Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Operation frequency Hz free unit step Frequency command Hz free unit step Output current A Inverter rated current A Inverter load factor Output power kW Frequency command after PID control 0 Hz free unit step Optional item specified from an external control unit 8 Output speed 9 Communication counter 10 Normal state communication counter OuakWNnN Ao EIR Standard monitor display ag selection I For more information on th
98. 0 2 400V 15 VFFS1 4150PL_ AIC 22000A J 45A max 480 AWG 8 AWG8 AWG 10 2 class 18 5 VFFS1 4185PL_ AIC 22000A J60Amax 480 AWG 8 AwG8 AWG 10 2 22 VFFS1 4220PL_ AIC 22000A J70Amax 480 AWG 6 1 AWG 6 1 AWG 10 1 2 30 VFFS1 4300PL_ AIC 22000A J 90A max 480 _ AWG 4 1 AWG 41 AWG 10 1 2 37 VFFS1 4370PL_ AIC 22000A J110Amax 480 _ AWG 3 1 AWG 31 AWG 8 1 2 45 VFFS1 4450PL_ AIC 22000A J 125A max 480 AWG 2 1 AWG 11 AWG 8 1 2 55 VFFS1 4550PL_ AIC 22000A J 175A max 480 _ AWG 1 1 AWG 1 0 1 AWG 6 1 2 75 VFFS1 4750PL_ AIC 22000A J 225A max 480 _ AWG 3 0 1 AWG 3 0 1 AWG 6 1 2 1 Use the ring terminal Refer to following table for recommended ring terminal in case of terminal block Inverter model Recommended ring terminal VFFS1 2150PM R22 6 JIS standard VFFS1 2185PM R22 6 JIS standard VFFS1 2220PM R38 8 JIS standard VFFS1 2300PM R60 12 JIS standard VFFS1 4220PL R14 8 JIS standard VFFS1 4300PL R14 8 JIS standard VFFS1 4370PL R38 8 JIS standard VFFS1 4450PL R38 8 JIS standard VFFS1 4550PL R60 12 JIS standard VFFS1 4750PL 80 12 J S T Mtg Co Ltd TOSHIBA E6581996 2 Use the ring terminal Refer to following table for recommended ring terminal in case of grounding terminal on cooling fin or iron plate
99. 0 0 According to model See page K 14 Valid when 7 is set to 7 V F constant or square reduction Note The optimum value is programmed for each inverter capacity Be careful not to increase the torque boost rate too much because it could cause an overcurrent trip at startup 5 12 Setting the electronic thermal Hi Motor electronic thermal protection level 1 E iii fi Electronic thermal protection characteristic selection 1 Motor electronic thermal protection level 2 ii 7 Motor 150 overload time limit i Thermal memory selection Function This parameter allows selection of the appropriate electronic thermal protection characteristics according to the particular rating and characteristics of the motor E 24 TOSHIBA 6581381 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Motor electronic thermal Eur protection level 1 10 100 A 100 Setting Overload Overload value protection stall 0 O x 1 Standard O O nin Electronic thermal protection 2 motor x x o EN characteristic selection 3 x O 4 O x 5 VF motor 6 special 3 iS 7 motor x O E173 eee 10 100 A 100 an 7 F507 Molaf 150 overload time 10 2400 s 300 0 Disabled jer e G Fade Thermal memory selection 1 Enabled 0 O vali invalid d 1 Se
100. 0 7 are applied to any acceleration deceleration S pattern For an explanation of acceleration deceleration patterns see section 6 16 1 6 17 Protection functions 6 17 1 Setting motor electronic thermal protection i Mr Motor electronic thermal protection level 1 E 1 Motor electronic thermal protection level 2 FEN 7 Motor 150 overload time limit F amp 3 Motor electronic thermal protection retention selection F 57 TOSHIBA 6581381 e Function This parameter allows selection of the appropriate electronic thermal protection characteristics according to the particular rating and characteristics of the motor Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Hr Mor aes thermal protection 10 100 A 100 E13 Motor electronic thermal protection 10 100 A 100 level 2 FEDT Motor 150 overload time limit 10 2400 s 300 F532 Motor electric thermal protection 0 Disabled 0 a retention selection 1 Enabled For more details see section 5 12 Note The 100 standard value is the rated output current indicated on the nameplate 6 17 2 Setting current stall FE Z r 6 F d Stall prevention level 1 Zy pow 5 Stall prevention level 2 AN Caution S Do not set the stall prevention level F amp extremely low If the stall prevention level para
101. 00 100 hours Past trip 1 GE is Press this key to return to past trip 1 TOSHIBA E6581381 8 2 Display of trip information 8 2 1 Trip code display f the inverter trips an error code is displayed to suggest the cause Since trip records are retained information on each trip can be displayed anytime in the status monitor mode E Display of trip information Error code ae Description n rr 0000 No error ool 0001 Overcurrent during acceleration ale 0002 Overcurrent during deceleration gcocgd 0003 Overcurrent during constant speed operation Geet 0004 Load side overcurrent during start up LA 0005 Armature side overcurrent during start up EPH 0008 Input phase failure or exhaustion of main circuit capacitor EPHG 0009 Output phase failure OPi 000A Overvoltage during acceleration Gee 000B Overvoltage during deceleration gra 000C Overvoltage during constant speed operation L i 000D Inverter overload trip oleg 000E Motor overload trip gH 0010 Overheating trip or thermal detector failure E 0011 Emergency stop EEFI 0012 E PROM fault 1 writing error EEP2 0013 F EROM fault 2 initialization error or power off during the setting of EEFI 0014 E PROM fault 3 reading error Erre 0015 Inverter RAM fault Errd 0016 Inverter ROM fault Err tt 0017 CPU fault trip 1 Err 0018 Communication error Erri 001A Current defector
102. 0PL 10 2 0 12 0 1 9 27 3 38 1730 1441 50 1 VFFS1 4185PL 30 2 0 8 0 1 9 34 0 36 1750 1458 50 gt VFFS1 4220PL 30 2 0 8 0 1 8 40 0 34 1750 1458 50 li VFFS1 4300PL 30 2 0 8 0 1 8 54 0 32 1745 1454 50 ul VFFS1 4370PL 30 2 0 8 0 1 8 67 0 27 1750 1458 50 2 VFFS1 4450PL 30 2 0 8 0 eea 80 0 26 1750 1458 50 2 VFFS1 4550PL 30 2 0 8 0 1 6 98 0 24 1755 1462 40 2 VFFS1 4750PL 30 2 0 8 0 1 5 129 0 28 1775 1479 40 2 K 14 TOSHIBA E Table of input terminal functions 1 E6581381 ae Code Function Action 0 No function is assigned Disabled 1 ST Standby terminal ON Ready for operation OFF Coast stop gate off 2 F Forward run command ON Forward run OFF Slowdown stop 3 R Reverse run command ON Reverse run OFF Slowdown stop 5 AD2 Acceleration deceleration 2 pattern selection ON Acceleration deceleration 2 OFF Acceleration deceleration 1 or 3 6 ssi Preset speed command 1 Selection of 7 speed with SS1 to SS3 3bits 7 SS2 Preset speed command 2 8 SS3 Preset speed command 3 10 RES Reset command ON Acceptance of reset command ON gt OFF Trip reset 11 EXT Trip stop command from external input device ON Trip stop 13 DB DC braking command ON DC braking 14 PID PID control prohibited ON PID control prohibited OFF PID control permitted 15 PWENE Permission of parameter editing ON Parameter edit
103. 0mA VIA gt For more detailed information on adjustments see section 6 5 Current signal 4 20mAdc Frequency 0 amade 2omAde Setting of parameters also allow 0 20mAdc Note Be sure to turn the VIA SW3 slide switch to the current position C 5 TOSHIBA 6581381 3 2 How to operate the VF FS1 Overview of how to operate the inverter with simple examples Remote mode selection Setting the operation frequency using the operation panel and running and stopping using the operation panel Ex 1 1 Wiring Power circuit Control circuit 2 Parameter settin Title Function Setting value cnd Command mode selection Frigd Frequency setting mode selection 1 3 3 Operation Run stop Press the Gun and Ga keys on the panel Frequency setting Set with the Q keys on the operation panel To store the set frequencies in memory press the n key F and the set frequency will flash on and off alternately TOSHIBA E6581381 2 3 Ex 2 Remote mode selection signals 1 Wiring Parameter settin Power circuit Control circuit cc VIA VIB PP O O F Voltage signal External potentiometer Operation frequency setting running and stopping using external Run forward signal __ F Run ba
104. 1 ST 1 ST Filii 2F 2 F 2F 2F 2 F F fe R 3 R 1 ST 49 HD 41 UP 6 S1 F i J RES 10 RES 10 RES 10 RES 42 DOWN 10 RES Fui 0 20 gt See K 14 for inpu terminal functions Disabled 4 ii Y The parameter does nothing Even if set to 7 AL 4 will not return the setting you made to its factory default TOSHIBA 6581381 Coast stop ALI Y 4 Setting for coast stopping In sink logic mode closing the circuit between the R and CC terminals places the inverter in standby mode and opening the circuit places it in coast stop mode because ST standby signal is assigned to the R terminal gt See section 3 1 1 3 and 6 3 1 for details 3 wire operation AU Y 2 Can be operated by a momentary push button HD operation holding is assigned to the terminal R A self holding of operations is made in the inverter by connecting the stop switch b contact to the R terminal and connecting the running switch a contact to the F terminal Three wire operation one touch operation You can carry out operation by simply pressing the ON OFF button Standard connection diagram Forward run Parameter setting When parameter Fi Lf His set to 2 the following paroman are set automatically F i0 i ST EG d G terminal board Rterminal F ic 44 operation holding Note 1 Even if each terminal is ON any command entered through a terminal is ignored wh
105. 10V voltage signal Frequency commnd 2 4 20mAdc current input adjustment VIA VIA SW3 slide switch in the position VIA terminal Feay The output frequency with respect to 60 Hz 7 the current input is adjusted according to the selected reference point Gradient and bias can be set easily Set F ZG to G to create a current input from 0 to 20mA Output frequency Feat i 20 4 F203 100 20mA current signal Frequency commnd TOSHIBA E6581381 6 5 3 Setting of frequency with the input from an external contact 4 External contact input UP response time e Function These parameters are used to set an output freq amp Initial up down frequency 3 5 External contact input UP frequency steps amp External contact input DOWN response time External contact input DOWN frequency steps Change of the initial up down frequency Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Fasy as contact input UP response 0 0 10 0 s 0 1 Fass Te contact input UP frequency 0 0 FH Hz 0 1 F256 External contact input DOWN 0 0 10 0 s 0 1 response time External contact input DOWN roast 2 Feal frequency steps 0 0 FH Hz 0 1 F264 Initial up down frequency LL UL Hz 0 0 are 0 Not changed F255 nange of the initial up down 1 Setting of F 268 changed 1 requency A when pow
106. 1381 operating environment N Warning Prohibited e Do not place any inflammable substances near the VF FS1 Inverter If an accident occurs in which flame is emitted this could lead to fire Mandatory e Operate under the environmental conditions prescribed in the instruction manual Operations under any other conditions may result in malfunction N Caution Prohibited e Do not install the VF FS1 Inverter in any location subject to large amounts of vibration This could cause the unit to fall resulting in bodily injury Mandatory e Check to make sure that the input power voltage is 10 15 of the rated power voltage written on the rating label 410 when the load is 100 in continuous operation If the input power voltage is not 10 15 of the rated power voltage 10 when the load is 100 in continuous operation this may result in fire TOSHIBA 6581381 e Do not install in any location of high temperature high humidity moisture condensation and freezing and avoid locations where here is exposure to water and or where there may be large as amounts of dust metallic fragments and oil mist e Do not install in any location where corrosive gases or grinding luids are present Operate in areas where ambient temperature ranges from 10 C to 60 C When installing the inverter where the ambient temperature will rise above 40 C remove the label se
107. 2 0 75 __ _VFFS1 2007PM AIC 5000A_ J6Amax 240 AWG14 AWG14 AWG 14 2 1 5 VFFS1 2015PM AIC 5000A J10Amax 240 AWG 14 AWG14 AWG 14 2 2 2 VFFS1 2022PM AIC 5000A_ J15Amax 240 AWG 14 AWG14 AWG 14 2 Three 4 0 VFFS1 2037PM AIC 5000A J25Amax 240 AwG 12 AWG10 AWG 12 2 phase 5 5 VFFS1 2055PM_ AIC 22000A J35A max 240 AwGio AWG8 AWG 1002 200V 7 5 VFFS1 2075PM_ AIC 22000A J45Amax 240 AWG8 AWG8 AWG 10 2 class 11 VEFS1 2110PM_ AIC 22000A J 70A max 240 AWG 6 AWG 6 AWG 10 2 15 VFFS1 2150PM_ AIC 22000A J90A max 240 AWG 4 1 AWG 4 1 AWG 10 2 18 5 VFFS1 2185PM_ AIC 22000A _ J 100 A max 240 AWG 4 1 AWG 3 1 AWG 8 2 22 VFFS1 2220PM_ AIC 22000A J 125A max 240 AWG 2 1 AWG 2 1 AWG 8 1 2 30 VFFS1 2300PM AIC 22000A J 175A max 240 _ AWG 1 01 AWG 1 0 1 AWG 6 1 2 0 4 VFFS1 4004PL_ AIC 5000A J3Amax 480 AWG14 awGi4 AwG 14 2 0 75 VFFS1 4007PL_ AIC 5000A _ J3Amax 480 AWG14 AWG14 AWG 14 2 15 VFFS1 4015PL_ AIC5000A J6Amax 480 AWG14 AWG14 AWG 14 2 2 2 VFFS1 4022PL_ AIC 5000A_ J10Amax 480 AwG 14 AWG14 AWG 14 2 4 0 VFFS1 4037PL_ AIC5000A J15Amax 480 AWG 14 AWG14 AWG 14 2 5 5 VFFS1 4055PL_ AIC 22000A J 20A max 480 AWG14 AWG14 AWG 14 2 Three 7 5 VFFS1 4075PL_ AIC 22000A J25A max 480 AWG12 AWG12 AWG 14 2 phase u VFFS1 4110PL_ AIC 22000A J35Amax 480 AWG 10 AWG10 AWG 1
108. 3 phase 400V Applicable motor kW 04 075 15 2 2 4 0 55 75 1 15 185 22 30 37 45 55 75 Type VFFS1 Form 4004PL 4007PL 4015PL 4022PL 4037PL 4055PL 4075PL 4110PL 4150PL 4185PL 4220PL 4300PL 4370PL 4450PL 4550PL 4750PL om Capacity kVA Note 1 11 16 28 39 69 91 122 171 23 2 28 2 33 2 446 602 716 884 121 9 amp Rated output current 37 0 43 5 585 79 0 94 0 116 0 160 0 k A Nowe 2 14 22 37 54 941 120 160 225 305 333 Gary 627 71 1 846 1044 128 0 Rated output voltage Note 3 3 phase 380V to 480V Overload current rating 110 60 seconds 180 2 second 3 Voltage frequency 3 phase 380V to 480V 50 60Hz amp 3 Allowable fluctuation Voltage 10 15 Note 4 frequency 5 IP00 Open type Protective method IP20 Enclosed type Note 5 Cooling method Forced air cooled Munsel 5Y 8 0 5 Color Built in filter EMI filter Note 1 Capacity is calculated at 220V for the 200V models at 440V for the 400V models Note 2 The rated output current in the parenthesis is at 12kHz of PWM carrier frequency F 3477 setting Note 3 Maximum output voltage is the same as the input voltage Note 4 10 when the inverter is used continuously load of 100 Note 5 Inverter 22kW or greater do not have wiring port covers they have large openings but there is no space to bend the external cables inside the unit If
109. 381 ea Code Function Action 53 PIDFN Inversion of signal in accordance of frequency Inversion of PIDF setting command VIA 54 MOFF Undervoltage detection ON Undervoltage detected OFF Other than undervoltage 55 MOFFN Inversion of undervoltage detection Inversion of MOFF 56 LOC Local remote switching ON Local mode OFF Remote mode 57 LOCN Inversion of local remote switching Inversion of LOC 58 PTC PTC thermal alarm ON 60 and over the protection level by PTC OFF Normal condition 59 PTCN Inversion of PTC thermal alarm Inversion of PTC 60 PIDFB Signal in accordance of frequency command VIB ON Frequency commanded by F i or F 20 7 and that by VIB show the same value OFF Frequency commanded by F 7 O d or F 2G 7 and that by VIB show different values 61 PIDFBN Inversion of signal in accordance of frequency Inversion of PIDFB setting command VIB 62 VIAD Analog VIA detection ON The value of VIA is equal to or higher than FIGG F iG OFF The value of VIA is equal to or lower than Figg F ib 63 VIADN Inversion of Analog VIA detection Inversion of VIAD setting 64 VIBD Analog VIB detection ON The value of VIB is equal to or higher than FIGG F 5i OFF The value of VIB is equal to or lower than Fi60 F161i 65 VIBDN Inversion of Analog VIB detection Inversion of VIBD setting 66 RCHO Over set frequency attainment signal ON The output frequency is equal to or higher than 9
110. 4 1 0 100 100 command point 2 setting FaEY 0814 Communication Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 200 0 50 0 WP command point 2 60 0 WN frequency K 12 TOSHIBA E6581381 Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference o IPanel Commun setting setting ication Faed 0829 Selection of 0 Toshiba inverter protocol 0 6 21 communication 1 ModbusRTU protocol protocol 2 Metasys N2 protocol 3 APOGEE FLN protocol 4 BAC net protocol Fas 0851 Operation at 0 Inverter stop communication 4 6 21 communication error command frequency mode open by disconnection by OG FAG 1 None continued operation 2 Deceleration stop 3 Coast stop 4 Communication error r r 5 trip or Network error E r B trip FaSS 0856 Number of motor 1 2 poles 2 poles for 2 4 poles communication 3 6 poles 4 8 poles 5 10 poles 6 12 poles 7 14 poles 8 16 poles FaTG 0870 Block write data 1 0 No selection 0 F87 0871 Block write data 2 1 Command 1 0 2 Command 2 3 Frequency command 4 Output data on the terminal board 5 Analog output for communications 6 Motor speed command Faqs 0875 Block read data 1 0 No selection 0 1 Status information FATS 0876 Block read data 2 2 Output frequency 0 3 Output current FATT 0877 Block read data 3 4 Output
111. 4 is displayed gt For more information see section 8 1 2 Note 7 Parts replacement alarm is displayed based on the value calculated from the annual average ambient emperature the ON time of the inverter the operating time of the motor and the output current load factor specified using F amp 3 4 Use this alarm as a guide only since it is based on a rough estimation Note 8 The cumulative operation time increments only when the machine is in operation Note 9 At the occurrence of a trip maximum values are not always recorded and displayed for reasons of Note10 detecting time f there is no trip record n E r is displayed ve Of the items displayed on the monitor the reference values of items expressed in percent are listed below Load current Input voltage Torque Torque current Load factor of inverter The current monitored is displayed The reference value 100 value is the rated output current indicated on the nameplate The unit can be switched to A amperes The voltage displayed is the voltage determined by converting the voltage measured in the DC section into an AC voltage The reference value 100 value is 200 volts for 200V models 400 volts for 400V models The unit can be switched to V volts The torque generated by the drive motor is displayed The reference value 100 value is the rated torque of the motor same as inverter rating The current required to generate
112. 5 0 75 3 3 2 7 VFFS1 2007PM 5 25 1 5 6 1 5 1 VFFS1 2015PM 10 25 2 2 8 7 7 3 VFFS1 2022PM 15 25 4 15 7 13 0 VFFS1 2037PM 30 25 Three phase 5 5 20 8 17 3 VFFS1 2055PM 40 32 200V class 75 27 9 23 3 VFFS1 2075PM 50 40 11 42 1 34 4 VFFS1 2110PM 75 50 15 56 1 45 5 VFFS1 2150PM 100 80 18 5 67 3 55 8 VFFS1 2185PM 100 80 22 80 4 66 4 VFFS1 2220PM 125 100 30 113 3 89 5 VFFS1 2300PM 175 125 0 4 1 0 0 8 VFFS1 4004PL 3 25 0 75 41 7 1 4 VFFS1 4007PL 3 25 1 5 K 2 5 VFFS1 4015PL 5 25 2 2 4 6 3 6 VFFS1 4022PL 10 25 4 8 1 6 4 VFFS1 4037PL 15 25 5 5 10 9 8 6 VFFS1 4055PL 20 25 Thi h 7 5 14 7 11 7 VFFS1 4075PL 30 32 don cine T 21 1 16 8 VEFS1 4110PL 40 32 Note 4 15 28 5 22 8 VFFS1 4150PL 50 40 18 5 34 8 27 8 VFFS1 4185PL 60 50 22 41 6 33 1 VFFS1 4220PL T5 80 30 56 7 44 7 VFFS1 4300PL 100 80 37 84 69 VFFS1 4370PL 100 100 45 104 85 VFFS1 4450PL 125 125 55 120 101 VFFS1 4550PL 150 125 75 167 137 VFFS1 4750PL 200 250 Note 1 Selections for use of the Toshiba 4 pole standard motor with power supply voltage of 200V 400V 50Hz Note 2 Choose the MCCB according to the power supply capacity For comply with UL and CSA standard use the fuse certified by UL and CSA Note 3 When using on the motor side during commercial power supply operation choose the MC with class AC 3 rated current for the motor rated current Note 4 Attach surge killers to the magnetic contactor and exciting coil of the relay Note 5 In the case the magnetic contactor MC with 2a type auxili
113. 5kW Output current 18 5kW 100 4 100 x 100 s z eax 90 mara 90 P 80 80 ad 80 70 70 70 60 60 60 id ava S 6 8 10 12 14 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz 30kW 22kW Output urrent Output current 100 100 e OPNO 40deac ambient 80 80 D nunnnnnnnnn H 60 acs w 50degC ambient mT 40 40 gt 7 WES 60degC ambient lt 20 20 DES a7 Y Ts S 6 8 10 12 14 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz F 31 TOSHIBA 6581381 400V Class for IP20 kW output current 0 4 0 75kW ona 2 2kW Output current 100 T 100 7 100 90 90 90 80 80 80 70 70 70 60 60 60 6 8 10 12 14 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 5 5kW Output current 4kw Output current ee 7 5kW 100 90 80 70 60 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 11kW Output current 100 al 90 we 80 z N ed N 70 x 4 60 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz 22kW Output current 100 Fn 80 N o 60 N z 40 20
114. 60Hz A Key LED Communic Gi Item displayed operated display ation No Description The operation frequency is displayed Operation at 6a 60Hz When standard monitor display selection F 7 i is set at 0 operation frequency Parameter setting hie The first basic parameter A 1f F Wizard function mode Aut is displayed Direction of A z E The direction of rotation is displayed rotation FRR FEO1 Fr F forward run F r r reverse run Operation The operation frequency command value Hz free Note 1 frequency Foaaa FEO2 unit is displayed command The inverter output current load current A is Note 2 Load current FEO3 displayed m co c3 The inverter input voltage DC detection V is Note 3 Input voltage yon FE04 displayed Output voltage FE05 The inverter output voltage V is displayed Torque q 6a FE18 The torque is displayed Torque current gg FE20 The torque current A is displayed Inverter load factor L wW FE27 The inverter load factor is displayed Input power h ad FE29 The inverter input power kW is displayed Output power HOTS FE30 The inverter output power kW is displayed Operation an The operation frequency Hz free unit is frequency 068 0 FDOQ displayed COOOOVOOVVWO OW Continued overleaf TOSHIBA Note 4 Note 5 Note 5
115. A RY RC 0 255 42 negative logic 43 6 17 11 Over voltage stall protection level Foes gt For more details see section 6 12 4 Over voltage stall protection level F 66 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 17 12 Undervoltage trip Fie 1 Undervoltage trip alarm selection e Function This parameter is used for selecting the control mode when an undervoltage is detected Trip information is displayed as Li F 5g 7 The inverter is stopped However it is not tripped Failure signal FL not activated The inverter is stopped when the voltage does not exceed 60 or less of its rating F 7 i Inverter is stopped It is also tripped Failure signal FL activated only after detection of a voltage not exceeding 60 or less of its rating F 4 amp 2 7 d Inverter is stopped However it is not tripped Failure signal FL not activated The inverter stop Failure signal FL not activated only after detection of a voltage not exceeding 50 of its rating Be sure to connect the input reactor Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Alarm only detection level below 60 F527 Undervoltage trip alarm 1 Tripping detection level below 60 0 selection 2 Alarm only detection level below 50 input reactor needed F 67 TOSHIBA E6581381 6 17 13 Trip at VIA low level input mode i Fallback speed
116. A ammeter current voltage and 3 c peraion 2 Voltage Occasionally Rectifier type AC temperature output side voltmeter No significant difference 3 Temperature Occasionally Thermometer from data collected in a normal state The voltage measured may slight always take readings from the same circuit tester or voltmeter y vary from voltmeter to voltmeter When measuring the voltage TOSHIBA 6581381 E Check points 1 Something unusual in the installation environment 2 Something unusual in the cooling system 3 Unusual vibration or noise 4 Overheating or discoloration 5 Unusual odor 6 Unusual motor vibration noise or overheating 7 Adhesion or accumulation of foreign substances conductive substances E Cautions about cleaning To clean the inverter wipe dirt off only its surface with a soft cloth but do not try to remove dirt or stains from any other part If stubborn stains persist remove them by wiping gently with a cloth dampened with neutral detergent or ethanol Never use any of the chemicals in the table below the use of any of them may damage or peel the coating away from molded parts such as plastic covers and units of the inverter Acetone Ethylene chloride Tetrachloroethane Benzen Ethyl acetate Trichloroethylene Chloroform Glycerin Xylene 14 2 Periodical inspection Make a periodical inspection at intervals of 3 or 6 months
117. Default setting Depends on the FSG Acceleration time 2 0 0 3200 s capacity See page K 14 Depends on the FSG Deceleration time 2 0 0 3200 s capacity See page K 14 1 FESH Selecting an acceleration deceleration Acc dec 1 pattern 2 Acc dec 2 1 Selection using parameters Output frequency Hz FR FSo4 1 F5O4 2 Acceleration deceleration time 1 is initially set as the default Acceleration deceleration time 2 can be selected by changing the setting of the F574 Enabled if 74 d panel input enabled 2 Switching by frequencies Switching the acceleration deceleration time automatically at the frequency setting of F505 Title Function Adjustment range Default setting E505 Acceleration deceleration 1 and 2 a switching frequency 0 0 L 0 0 F 55 TOSHIBA 6581381 Output frequency Hz A Set frequency FSGS gt 7 0 Time s 1 2 3 4 1 Acceleration at the gradient corresponding 3 Deceleration at the gradient corresponding to acceleration time A to deceleration time F5 7 2 Acceleration at the gradient corresponding 4 Deceleration at the gradient corresponding to acceleration time F507 to deceleration time dE 3 Switching using external terminals Switching the acceleration deceleration time via external terminals Output
118. F When inverter is not tripped 11 FLN Inversion of failure signal inversion of trip output Inversion of FL setting 12 OT Over torque detection ON Torque current is equal to or larger than F amp 6 set value and longer than F amp 8 set time OFF The torque current is equal to or less than E6 6 setvalue F6 49 set value 13 OTN Inversion of over torque detection Inversion of OT 14 RUN Start Stop ON When operation frequency is output or during db OFF Operation stopped 15 RUNN Inversion of RUN STOP Inversion of RUN setting 16 POL OL pre alarm ON 50 or more of calculated value of overload protection level OFF Less than 50 of calculated value of overload protection level 17 POLN Inversion of OL pre alarm Inversion of POL setting 20 POT Over torque detection pre alarm ON Torque current is equal to or larger than 70 of F amp 6 set value OFF The torque current is below F amp amp set value x 70 F amp 19 set value 21 POTN Inversion of over torque detection pre alarm Inversion of POT setting 22 PAL Pre alarm One of the following is turned on ON POL POT MOFF UC OT LL stop COT and instantaneous power failure coast stop orf F H issues an alarm All the following are turned off OFF POL POT MOFF UC OT LL stop COT and instantaneous power failure coast stop ori F H issues no alarm K 17 I1 II TOSHIBA E Table of output terminal functions 2 E6581381
119. FF Trip stop device 46 OH Thermal trip stop signal input from external device ON ZH Z Trip stop 47 OHN Inversion of thermal trip stop command from OFF GH 2 Trip stop external device 48 SC LC Forced switching from remote to local control Enabled when remote control is exercised ON Local control setting of L NO d FAO d and Fed OFF Remote control 49 HD Operation holding stop of 3 wire operation ON F forward run R reverse run held 3 wire operation OFF Slowdown stop 51 CKWH Display cancellation of the cumulative power ON Monitor display cancellation of the cumulative amount kWh power amount kWh 52 FORCE Forced operation ON Forced operation mode in which operation is not stopped in the event of the occurrence of a soft fault F 294 Forced fire speed setting frequncy OFF Normal operation 53 FIRE Fire speed control ON Fire speed operation F 2 9 4 Forced fire speed setting frequncy OFF Normal operation 54 STN Coast stop gate off ON Coast stop gate off 55 RESN Inversion of RES ON Acceptance of reset command OFF ON Trip reset 56 F ST Combination of forward run and standby ON Simultaneous input from F and ST 57 R ST Combination of reverse run and standby ON Simultaneous input from R and ST 61 OCS2 Forced switching of stall prevention level 2 ON Enabled at the value of F 5 OFF Enabled at the value of FG G i 62 HDRY Holding of RY RC terminal output ON Once turned on RY RC are held on OFF The status of RY
120. FYB Inhibitor gain 0 0 300 0 100 0 EHH Power supply adjustment gain 0 0 2 0 0 0 At first please set F Y as 442 and over Next set F 442 and F 4 J as bigger value when no effect by setting F 48 as 1000 and over At first please set F484 as 0 5 Next F484 as another value when no effect by setting F484 as 0 5 Please set f481 as following value Power supply frequency is 50Hz 531 Power supply frequency is 60Hz 442 F 70 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 18 Forced fire speed control function E E 451i Forced fire speed control function z Z 44 Forced fire speed setting frequency Function Forced fire speed control is used when operating the motor at the specified frequency in case of an emergency Two kind of operation are selectable by assignment of terminal board function 1 Input terminal function 52 FORCE Input signal is kept to hold once signal is ON Motor runs at the speed set by the parameter F794 Motor does not stop as possible as when the trip is occurred Note This case needs to power off in order to stop 2 Input terminal function 53 FIRE Input signal is kept to hold once signal is ON Motor runs at the speed set by the parameter F794 Note This case needs to power off or input terminal function emergency stop in order to stop Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting
121. Failure to do so can lead to risk of electric shock and can result in death or serious injury Mandatory e Connect earth cables securely amp Failure to do so can lead to risk of electric shock or fire in case of a failure or short circuit or electric leak Be Grounded 10 1 Selection of wiring materials and devices Wire size See Note 4 Power circuit Earth cable Capacity of 2 2 Voltage k mm Note 1 mm class appia ra Inverter model KE EEn z For Ecne 523 54 or JAPAN 523 54 For JAPAN IEC60204 1 JEAC8001 2005 IEC60204 1 JEAC8001 2005 0 4 VFFS1 2004PM 1 5 2 2 5 2 0 75 VFFS1 2007PM 1 5 2 2 5 2 1 5 VFFS1 2015PM 1 5 2 2 5 2 2 2 VFFS1 2022PM 1 5 2 2 5 2 4 0 VFFS1 2037PM 2 5 2 2 5 2 Three phase 5 5 VFFS1 2055PM 4 3 5 4 3 5 200V class 75 VFFS1 2075PM 6 55 6 35 11 VFFS1 2110PM 10 14 10 5 5 15 VFFS1 2150PM 16 14 16 5 5 18 5 VFFS1 2185PM 25 22 16 8 22 VFFS1 2220PM 25 38 16 8 30 VFFS1 2300PM 50 38 25 14 0 4 VFFS1 4004PL 1 5 2 2 5 2 0 75 VFFS1 4007PL 1 5 2 2 5 2 1 5 VFFS1 4015PL 1 5 2 25 2 2 2 VFFS1 4022PL 1 5 2 2 5 2 4 0 VFFS1 4037PL 1 5 2 2 5 2 5 5 VFFS1 4055PL 1 5 2 2 5 2 7 5 VFFS1 4075PL 1 5 2 2 5 2 Three phase 11 VFFS1 4110PL 4 3 5 4 3 5 400V class 15 VFFS1 4150PL 6 55 6 35 18 5 VFFS1 4185PL 6 5 5 6 5 5 22 VFFS1 4220PL 10 8 10 5 5 30 VFFS1 4300PL 16 14 16 5 5 37 VFFS1 4370PL 25
122. G6 0 4 VFFS1 4004PL AIC 5000A J 3A max 480 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 0 75 VFFS1 4007PL AIC 5000A J 3A max 480 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 1 5 VFFS1 4015PL AIC 5000A J 6A max 480 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 2 2 VFFS1 4022PL AIC 5000A_ J 10A max 480 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 4 0 VFFS1 4037PL AIC 5000A_ J 15A max 480 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 5 5 VFFS1 4055PL AIC 22000A J 20A max 480 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 7 5 VFFS1 4075PL AIC 22000A J 25A max 480 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 14 Three phase 11 VFFS1 4110PL AIC 22000A J 35A max 480 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 400V class 15 VFFS1 4150PL AIC 22000A J45Amax 480 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 10 18 5 VFFS1 4185PL AIC 22000A J 60A max 480 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 10 22 VFFS1 4220PL AIC 22000A J 70Amax 480 AWG 6 AWG6 AWG 10 30 VFFS1 4300PL AIC 22000A J 90A max 480 AWG 4 AWG4 AWG 10 37 VFFS1 4370PL AIC 22000A_ J 110A max 480 AWG 3 AWG 3 AWG 8 45 VFFS1 4450PL AIC 22000A_ J 125A max 480 AWG 2 AWG 1 AWG 8 55 VFFS1 4550PL AIC 22000A_ J 175A max 480 AWG 1 AWG 1 0 AWG6 75 VFFS1 4750PL AIC 22000A J 225A max 480 AWG 3 0 AWG3 0 _ AWG6 9 2 4 Motor thermal protection Selects the electronic thermal protection characteristics that fit with the ratings and characteristics of the motor In case of multi motor operation with one inverter thermal relay should be connected to each motor TOSHIBA 6581381 10 Periphe AN Warning Q e When using switchgear for the inverter it must be installed in a cabinet
123. H 0 00 display FIG 0707 Free step 1 Hz 0 01 0 01 0 00 Disabled 0 00 6 20 4 pressing a panel 0 01 F H key once Fuge 0708 Free step 2 panel 1 1 0 Disabled 0 display 1 255 FTIR 0710 Standard monitor 0 Operation frequency Hz free 0 6 20 5 display selection unit step 1 Frequency command Hz free unit step 2 Output current A 3 Inverter rated current A 4 Inverter load factor 5 Output power kW 6 Frequency command after PID control Hz free unit step 7 Optional item specified from an external control unit 8 Output speed 9 Communication counter 10 Normal state communication counter Fle 0721 Selection of 0 Slowdown stop 0 6 20 6 operation panel 1 Coast stop stop pattern FUG 0730 Prohibition of 0 Permitted 0 6 20 1 frequency setting 1 Prohibited on the operation panel F Flje 0732 Prohibition of 0 Permitted 0 panel local remote 1 Prohibited operation 2 Permitted Cancelled with the LOC REM key power off K 11 I II TOSHIBA E6581381 Minimum Title communion Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference lo IPanel Commun setting setting ication Fudd 0733 Prohibition of 0 Permitted 0 panel operation 1 Prohibited RUN STOP keys FTay 0734 Prohibition of 0 Permitted 0 6 20 1 panel emergency 1 Prohibited stop operation Fas 0735 Prohibition
124. L With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4015BZ 20 VFFS1 4037PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4025CZ 20 VFFS1 4055PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4025CZ 20 VFFS1 4075PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4047DZ 20 VFFS1 4110PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4047DZ 20 VFFS1 4150PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4049EZ 20 VFFS1 4185PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4049EZ 20 VFFS1 4220PL With a built in filter 5 EMF3 4090F 100 VFFS1 4300PL With a built in filter 5 EMF3 4090F 100 VFFS1 4370PL With a built in filter 20 EMF3 4092G 100 VFFS1 4450PL With a bui filter 20 EMF3 4092G 100 VFFS1 4550PL With a bui filter 100 EMF3 4180H 100 VFFS1 4750PL With a built in filter 100 EMF3 4180H 100 2 Use shielded power cables such as inverter output cables and shielded control cables Route the cables and wires so as to minimize their lengths Keep a distance between the power cable and the control cable and between the input and output wires of the power cable Do not route them in parallel or bind them together instead cross at right angle 3 Install the inverter and the filter on the same metal plate It is more effective in limiting the radiation noise to install the inverter in a sealed steel cabinet Using wires as thick and short as possible earth the metal plate and the control panel securely with a distance kept between the earth cable and the power cable 4 Route the EMI filter input and output w
125. Lights when the inverter is in monitor mode Blinks when the inverter is placed in trip record display mode MODE key Displays operation frequency para meters and error causes A Up key A Up V Down key lamp Pressing A or V key when this lamp is lighted allows the setting of operation frequency ee V Down key G RUN key lamp STOP key A y Every pressing of this Lights when the RUN Pressing this key while key while the RUN key key is enabled me PUN key amp is lamp is lit will cause a je tt Starts operation slowdown to a stop Operation panel TOSHIBA Charge lamp Indicates that high voltage is still present within the inverter Do not open the terminal board cover while this is lit Front panel The front panel of the inverter or terminal board To avoid touching the terminal board by mistake be sure to close the front panel before starting operation E6581381 Unlock position mark The front panel is unlocked when the dot on the locking screw is on this upper side Front panel locking screw The inverter came with this screw in the locked position So from this position turn the screw 90 counterclockwise to unlock the front panel or turn it 90 clockwise to lock the front panel The screw does not tum 360 To avoid damage to the screw do not use excessive f
126. RC changes in real time according to conditions 64 PRUN Cancellation clearing of operation command from 0 Operation command canceled cleared panel 1 Operation command retained 65 ICLR PID control integral value clear ON PID control integral value always zero OFF PID control permitted 66 ST F SS1 Combination of standby forward run and preset ON Simultaneous input from ST F and SS1 speed command 1 67 ST R SS1 Combination of standby reverse run and preset ON Simultaneous input from ST R and SS1 speed command 1 68 ST F SS2 Combination of standby forward run and preset ON Simultaneous input from ST F and SS2 speed command 2 69 ST R SS2 Combination of standby reverse run and preset ON Simultaneous input from ST R and SS2 speed command 2 70 ST F SS3 Combination of standby forward run and preset ON Simultaneous input from ST F and SS3 speed command 3 71 ST R SS3 Combination of standby reverse run and preset ON Simultaneous input from ST R and SS3 speed command 3 72 PIDSW PID forward reverse switching ON Reversing characteristic by 3417 selection OFF Characteristic by 741 selection Note When function 1 10 11 16 38 41 47 51 55 62 or 64 is assigned to an input terminal board the input terminal board is enabled even if the parameter command mode selection u g is set at K 16 rr panel TOSHIBA E Table of output terminal functions 1 E6581381
127. TOSHIBA Industrial Inverter For 3 phase induction motors Instruction Manual TosvertT VF FS1 Toshiba VF FS1 user manual 3 phase 200V class 0 4 to 30kW 3 phase 400V class 0 4 to 75kW NOTICE 1 Make sure that this instruction manual is delivered to the end user of the inverter unit 2 Read this manual before installing or operating the inverter unit and store it in a safe place for reference E6581381 Safety precautions Introduction Contents Read first Connection Operations Basic VF FS1 operations Basic parameters Extended parameters Applied operation Monitoring the operation status Measures to satisfy the standards Peripheral devices Table of parameters and data Specifications Before making a service call Inspection and maintenance Warranty Disposal of the inverter 2009 Ver 118 119 T m 7 u E a TOSHIBA HSupplem ati E6581746 This paper shows the modification list of VF FS1 latest firmware version up Ver 120 The firmware version of VF FS1 can be seen on the CPU1 version in the status monitor please refer to section 8 1 on the instruction manual Reference Version up item Modification of instruction manual on instruction manual 1 Additional function It is possible to limit the motor speed by the parameter Lower Limit frequency for stall F390 at stall
128. Turn the power off temporarily and turn it operation and data writing is aborted back on and then try t 4 operation again 0014 EEPROM fault 3 e Adata reading error occurred Turn off the inverter then turn it again If it does not recover from the error make a service call E rr 0015 Main unit RAM e The control RAM is defective Make a service call fault E rr 3 0016 Mam unit ROM e The control ROM is defective Make a service call fault E rrH 0017 CPU fault 1 e The control CPU is defective Make a service call 0018 Communication e Anerror arises during serial communication Check the remote control device cables earn e error etc ECAJ E rri 001A eee detector e The current detector is defective Make a service call fault E rr a 001B Network error e The error was occurred during Network Check the Network device and wiring communication 001D Low current e The output current decreased to a low Enable F amp i low current detection ur operation current detection level during operation Check the suitable detection level for the uL Trip system F6 1 F6 ig Make a service call if the setting is correct 001E Undervoltage trip e The input voltage in the main circuit is too Check the input voltage nD main circuit low Enable F amp 2 7 undervoltage trip ure selection To cope with a momentary stop due to undervoltage enable F 772 coast stop and F J0 auto restart E E g 0022 Ground fault
129. User Reference No IPanel Commun setting setting ication Faas 0601 Stall prevention 1 1 10 110 110 6 17 2 level 1 A Faae 0602 Inverter trip 0 Canceled with the power off 0 6 17 3 retention selection 1 Still retained with the power off F503 0603 Emergency stop 0 Coast stop 0 6 17 4 selection 1 Slowdown stop 2 Emergency DC braking F604 0604 Emergency DC s 0 1 0 1 0 0 20 0 1 0 braking time F505 0605 Output phase 0 Disabled 0 6 17 5 failure detection 1 At start up only one time after mode selection power is turned on 2 At start up each time 3 During operation 4 At start up during operation 5 Detection of cutoff on output side F507 0607 Motor 150 s 1 1 10 2400 300 6 17 1 overload time limit F508 0608 Input phase failure 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 1 6 17 6 detection mode selection K 9 II I TOSHIBA 6581381 Minimum Title Communion Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference lo IPanel Commun setting setting ication F509 0609 Small current 1 1 1 20 10 6 17 7 detection current hysteresis F68 0610 Small current 0 Alarm only 0 trip alarm 1 Tripping selection Foi 0611 Small current 1 0 100 0 detection current A FE le 0612 Small current s 1 1 0 255 0 detection time F513 0613 Detection of 0 Each time standard pulse 0 6 17 8 output short circuit 1 Only one ti
130. a specified frequency other than 0 0 Hz default initial frequency after turning on the inverter specify the desired frequency using F 26 initial up down frequency E About the change of the initial up down frequency To make the inverter automatically save the frequency immediately before it is turned off and start operation at that frequency next time power is turned on set 26 9 change of initial up down frequency to 1 which changes the setting of F 74 4 when power is turned off Keep in mind that the setting of F 244 is changed each time power is turned off E Frequency adjustment range The frequency can be set from 0 0Hz to F H Maximum frequency The lower limit frequency will be set as soon as the set frequency clearing function function number 43 44 is entered from the input terminal H Minimum unit of frequency adjustment If 702 Frequency free unit magnification is set to 1 00 the output frequency can be adjusted in steps of 0 01Hz F 22 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 5 4 Fine adjustment of frequency setting signal F H itt VIA input bias FH 4 VIA input gain VIB input bias z Z F H iF VIB input gain e Function These parameters are used to fine adjust the relation between the frequency setting signal input through the analog input terminals VIA and VIB and the output frequency Use these parameters to make fine adjustments after making rough adjustments using the para
131. abled alarm mode F545 0646 PTC detection Q 1 1 100 9999 3000 resistor value F549 0649 Fallback speed 7 B 0 FH 0 0 6 17 13 F550 0650 Forced fire speed 0 Disabled 0 6 18 control selection 1 Enabled K 10 TOSHIBA E6581381 e Output parameters Minimum Title Caen Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference lo IPanel Commun setting setting ication F569 0691 Inclination 0 Negative inclination downward 1 6 19 1 characteristic of slope analog output 1 Positive inclination upward slope F98 0692 Bias of analog 1 0 100 0 output e Operation panel parameters Minimum Title comm heaton Function Unit Pacha Adjustment range petan o pains Reference ication Fuga 0700 Prohibition of 0 Permitted 0 6 20 1 parameter change 1 Prohibited FTG 0701 Current voltage 0 0 6 20 2 display mode 1 A ampere V volt Fane 0702 Frequency free Times 0 01 0 01 0 00 Free unit display disabled 0 00 6 20 3 unit magnification display of frequency 0 01 200 0 E03 0703 Frequency free 1 1 0 All frequencies display free unit 0 unit conversion conversion selection 1 PID frequencies free unit conversion and f range change 0 0 F H F05 0705 Inclination 0 Negative inclination downward 1 characteristic of slope free unit display 1 Positive inclination upward slope FIGS 0706 Bias of free unit Hz 0 01 0 01 0 00 F
132. ables connectors and so on for ArI 0026 Arm overcurrent at motor to ground ground faults ULEI 0027 start up e A main circuit elements is defective e Make a service call GOIP Overheat e See OH trip information in the next page e See OH trip information in the next page for 200V 11 to 18 5kW 400V 15 to 18 5kW for 200V 11 to 18 5kW 400V 15 to 18 5kW models only models only GC E 0004 Overcurrent An e The insulation of the output main circuit or e Check the cables and wires for defective overcurrent on the motor is defective insulation load side at start e The motor has too small impedance e When using 200V 11 to 18 5kW 400V 15 up e 200V 11 to 18 5kW 400V 15 to 18 5kW to 18 5kW model check cables connectors model was started although a current is and so on for ground faults leaked from an output cable or the motor to ground OCA 0005 Arm overcurrent at e A main circuit elements is defective e Make a service call start up e There is possibility of Ground fault trip 0008 Input phase failure e A phase failure occured in the input line of e Check the main circuit input line for phase EPH the main circuit failure 5a e Enable 64 input phase failure detection e Check the capacitor in the main circuit for exhaustion e The input voltage fluctuates abnormally e Make a service call 0009 Output phase e A phase failure occurred in the output line of e Check the main circuit output line motor c p H m
133. again Operation will come to a trip stop in accordance with the setting ofthe F amp O F parameter After this will be displayed and a failure detection signal generated FL relay deactivated F 60 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 17 5 Output phase failure detection 55 Output phase failure detection mode selection e Function This parameter detects inverter output Phase failure If the Phase failure status persists for one second or more the tripping function and the FL relay will be activated At the same time a trip information F H will also be displayed Set 5175 to 5 to open the motor inverter connection by switching commercial power operation to inverter operation Detection errors may occur for special motors such as high speed motors f No tripping FL relay deactivated With the power on the phase failure detection is enabled only at the start of the first operation The inverter will trip if the Phase failure status persists for one second or more F amp 05 2 The inverter checks for output phase failures each time it starts operation The inverter will trip if he Phase failure status persists for one second or more F amp 05 J The inverter checks for output phase failures during operation The inverter will trip if the Phase ailure status persists for one second or more 6 F 5D 5 4 The inverter checks for output phase failures at the start of and during operation The inverter will t
134. age utu o 2 5 fo ut Output frequency Hz Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 50 0 WP type ul Base frequency 1 25 0 200 0 Hz 60 0 WN type 230 WP WN type ulu Base frequency voltage1 ae Y ae gaas 400 WP type g 460 WN type TOSHIBA E6581381 5 10 Selecting control mode V F control mode selection e Function With VF FS1 the V F controls shown below can be selected O VIF constant O Variable torque O Automatic torque boost control O Vector control O Advanced energy saving O PM motor control Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting V F constant Variable torque Automatic torque boost control PE V F control mode selection Vector control 1 Advanced energy saving Do not select PM motor control OuakWN AO Steps in setting are as follows In this example the V F control mode sel E Setting V F control mode se ection parameter Ft is set to 7 Vector control lection to 3 sensorless vector control Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency Perform during operation stopped E G When standard monitor display selection F 7 ff is setto 7 Operation frequency AUF The first basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed Q Oi Press the A ke
135. ain circuit capacitor Note 8 Cumulative bag FE14 The cumulative operation time is displayed operation time Heke 0 01 1 hour 1 00 100 hours perau display ae The cause of the trip is displayed Note 1 Items displayed can be changed by pressing Q key in the each monitor mode Note 2 You can switch between and A ampere V volt using the parameter F 7 current voltage unit selection Note 3 The input DC voltage displayed is 1 2 times as large as the rectified d c input voltage TOSHIBA E6581381 Note 4 The number of bars displayed varies depending on the setting of 44 analog input logic input function selection The bar representing VIA is displayed only when the logic input function is assigned to the VIA terminal respectively f 99 G The bar representing VIA is not displayed f i494 or 2 The bar representing VIA is displayed Note 5 The integrated amounts of input and output power will be reset to zero if you press and hold down the key for 3 seconds or more when power is off or when the input terminal function CKWH input terminal function 51 is turned on or displayed Note 6 Past trip records are displayed in the following sequence 1 latest trip record 62 lt 3 lt 4 oldest trip record If no trip occurred in the past the message n r will be displayed Details on past trip record 1 2 3 or 4 can be displayed by pressing the xn key when past trip 1 2 3 or
136. al from the top and operate it at a current lower than the rated one k MA KEL HHU Mea T Measurement position Note The inverter is a heat emitting body Make sure proper space and ventilation is provided when installing in the cabinet When installing inside a cabinet we recommend the top seal peeled off although 40 C or less Do not install in any location that is subject to large amounts of vibration Note If the VF FS1 Inverter is installed in a location that is subject to vibration anti vibration measures are required Please consult with Toshiba about these measures If the VF FS1 Inverter is installed near any of the equipment listed below provide measures to insure against errors in operation wot earn ie S Solenoids Attach surge suppressor on coil oe Brakes Attach surge suppressor on coil Magnetic contactors Attach surge suppressor on coil f ff Fluorescent lights Attach surge suppressor on coil er Resistors Place far away from VF FS1 Inverter Resistors A 20 TOSHIBA 6581381 E How to install N Warming S e Do not install or operate the inverter if it is damaged or any component is missing This can result in electric shock or fire Please consult your local sales agency for repairs Call your local sales agency for repairs Prohibited e Mount the inverter on a metal plate The rear panel gets very hot Do not install in an inflammable object this ca
137. alog output Standard default FM Output setting output frequency 0 20mA 4 20mA DC The function can be changed to 0 20mAdc 4 20mA current output ammeter by flipping the FM SW2 slide switch to the position Permissible load resistance 7509 or less P24 Output 24Vdc power output 24Vdc 50MA 250Vac 1A FLA Multifunction programmable relay contact output coso 1 FLB Output Detects the operation of the inverter s protection function at resistance load FLC Contact across FLA FLC is closed and FLB FLC is opened during 30Vdc 0 5A protection function operation 250Vac 0 5A coso 0 4 Multifunction programmable relay contact output Ren RY Standard default settings detect and output low speed signal at resistance load RC utput output frequencies 30Vdc 0 5A Multifunction output terminals to which two different functions can 250yac 0 5A be assigned x coso 0 4 4 Overload protection VF FS1 has overload protection Over current rating 110 1min 180 2sec Refer to the nameplate for the rated current TOSHIBA 6581996 5 Motor thermal protection The devices VF FS1 are provided with integral overload and over speed protection for the motor after activation of this function by setting Protection at 100 of the full load motor current The motor thermal protection current Hr must be set to the rated current indicated on the motor nameplate VF FS1 has the motor thermal protection Select the electronic t
138. ameters mode TOSHIBA 6581381 4 2 2 How to set extended parameters The VF FS1 has extended parameters to allow you to make full use of its functions All extended parameters are expressed with F and three digits Basic parameters Press the A key or the V key to change the set value Pressing the ENT key allows the reading of parameter setting i Press the MODE key once and use theA V key i to select F from the basic parameters Steps in key entry for extended parameters PF ee ny py rae ee gt See section 11 3 for 1 1 1 Switches to the setting monitor mode Displays 4 LF extended parameters Selects F from basic parameters The first extended parameter F Low speed signal output frequency is displayed Selects the extended parameter whose setting needs to be changed Reads the programmed parameter setting Changes the parameter setting Saves the changed value of the extended parameter setting Pressing the ea key instead of thel key moves back to the previous status OPIO De aus o OIO TOSHIBA 6581381 E Example of parameter setting Steps in setting are as follows Example of Auto restart control selection Ji _ from 0 to 1 Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency operation stopped HRH When standard monitor display selection F 7 i Operation frequency The fi
139. analog voltage signal For the meter use either a full scale 0 1mAdc ammeter or full scale 0 7 5Vdc or 10Vdc 1mA voltmeter Switching to 0 20mAdc 4 20mAdc output current can be made by turning the FM SW2 slide switch to the position When switching to 4 20mAdc current input make adjustments using F amp 9 analog output gradient and F amp 42 analog output bias Parameter setting Supposition output at Title Function Adjustment range FRSL 17 Default setting we S EEN i 0 Output frequency Maximum frequency F H 1 Output current 1 5 times of rated current 2 Set frequency Maximum frequency F H 3 DC voltage 1 5 times of rated voltage 4 Output voltage command value 1 5 times of rated voltage 5 Input power 1 85 times of rated power 6 Output power 1 85 times of rated power 7 Torque 2 5 times of rated torque 8 Torque current 2 5 times of rated torque 9 Motor cumulative load factor Rated load factor PSL Meter 10 Inverter cumulative load factor Rated load factor 0 7 selection 11 Do not select 12 Frequency setting value after PID Maximum frequency F H 13 VIA Input value Maximum input value 14 VIB Input value Maximum input value 15 Fixed output 1 Output current 100 16 Fixed output 2 Output current 50 17 Fixed output 3 Supposition output at F775 17 18 RS485 communication data FA51 1000 19 For adjustments F set value is displayed cn Meter adjust
140. ary contacts is used for the control circuit raise the reliability of the contact by using 2a type contacts in parallel connection J 2 TOSHIBA 6581381 10 2 Installation of a magnetic contactor If using the inverter without installing a magnetic contactor MC in the primary circuit use an MCCB with a power cutoff device to open the primary circuit when the inverter protective circuit is activated E Magnetic contactor in the primary circuit To detach the inverter from the power supply in any of the following cases insert a magnetic contactor primary side magnetic contactor between the inverter and the power supply 1 If the motor overload relay is tripped 2 If the protective detector FL built into the inverter is activated 3 In the event of a power failure for prevention of auto restart When using the inverter with no magnetic contactor MC on the primary side install a non fuse circuit breaker with a voltage tripping coil instead of an MC and adjust the circuit breaker so that it will be tripped if he protective relay referred to above is activated To detect a power failure use an undervoltage relay or he like VF FS1 MCCB MC Thermal relay n ea R L1 U T1 Motor Power RN hee S L2 W T2 TIL3 WIT3 FLA Forward run Paa Reverse run Example of connection of a magnetic contactor in the primary circuit Notes on wiring e When frequently switching between start and stop do not
141. ated 1 4 watts 3 3k ohm between terminal Outer PP and VIB resistor Al Voltage TOSHIBA 6581381 l Safety precautions The items described in these instructions and on the inverter itself are very important so that you can use the inverter safely prevent injury to yourself and other people around you as well as to prevent damage to property in the area Thoroughly familiarize yourself with the symbols and indications shown below and then continue to read the manual Make sure that you observe all warnings given Explanation of markings Marking Meaning of marking AN Warning Indicates that errors in operation may lead to death or serious injury Indicates that errors in operation may lead to injury 1 to people or that these errors ma VAN Caution p y jury 1 to peop y cause damage to physical property 2 1 Such things as injury burns or shock that will not require hospitalization or long periods of outpatient treatment 2 Physical property damage refers to wide ranging damage to assets and materials Meanings of symbols Marking Meaning of marking 9 Indicates prohibition Don t do it What is prohibited will be described in or near the symbol in either text or picture form Indicates something mandatory must be done What is mandatory will be described in or near the symbol in either text or picture form A Indicates danger o
142. ating status is displayed pressing the key with the ex key held down changes the direction of rotation from reverse to forward after displaying the message F F Pressing the key again with the a key held down changes the direction of rotation from forward to reverse after displaying the message Fr r Check the direction of rotation on the status monitor For monitoring see section 8 1 F r F Forward run Fr r Reverse run When the F and R terminals are used for switching between forward and reverse rotation from the terminal board the F forward reverse run selection parameter is rendered invalid Short across the F CC terminals forward rotation Short across the R CC terminals reverse rotation The inverter was factory configured by default so that shorting terminals F CC and terminals R CC simultaneously would cause the motor to slow down to a stop Using the parameter F 5 however you can select between forward run and reverse run This function is valid only when s7 g is set to operation panel E6581381 TOSHIBA 5 7 Maximum frequency EH Maximum frequency e Function 1 Programs the range of frequencies output by the inverter maximum output values 2 This frequency is used as the reference for acceleration deceleration time F HF80Hz in line with the ratings of the motor and load Maximum frequency cannot be adjusted during operation To
143. ation code Model name Input AC voltage capacity Additional functions logic pecial specificati TOSVERT 2 200V to 240V 004 0 4kW None No filter inside WN Negative ani y A k 007 0 75kW M Built in basic filter Rer A00 ODis the number VF FS1series 4 380V to 480V 015 4 5kW L Built in WP Positive 022 2 2kW EMI class A filter 037 4 0kW D Built in 055 5 5kW EMI class B filter 075 7 5kW Additional functions I 110 11kW Operation panel te a None Standard product 220 22KW Provided E Enclosed type 300 30kW 370 37kW 450 45kW 550 55kW 750 75kW This code represents the factory default logic setting You can switch from one input output logic to the other using slide switch SW4 See section 2 3 2 Warning Always shut power off first then check the ratings label of inverter held in a cabinet A 2 TOSHIBA 6581381 1 3 Names and functions 1 3 1 Outside view RUN lamp Percent lamp Lights when an ON command is issued but no frequency signal is sent out It blinks when operation is started Lights when a numeric value is displayed in if PRG lamp Hz Hertz lamp Lights when the inverter is in parameter setting mode Blinks when the inverter is placed in AUF Gr Li mode Lights when a numeric value is displayed in Hz LOC REM key lamp MON lamp Lights when the Local mode is enabled
144. ation is stopped the trip and the FL relay also are activated When setting F 5 4 J to 2 emergency DC braking set also F 25 DC braking rate and F EDH emergency braking time 1 External trip stop via terminals The external trip stop function can be executed via the a contact Proceed as follows to assign an external stopping terminal and select the stopping method Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Coast stop FEDI Emergency stop selection 1 Slowdown stop 0 2 Emergency DC braking F amp GY Emergency DC braking time 0 0 20 0 sec 1 0 FeS DC braking current 0 100 50 Example of terminal assignment Assigning the trip stop function to the RES terminal Title Function Adjustment range Setting value Fit Input terminal selection 3 RES 0 72 11 mente trip Note 1 Emergency stopping via the specified terminal is possible even during panel operation Note 2 If DC braking is not needed to bring the motor to a stop under normal conditions although F 6 4 J is set to 2 emergency DC braking set the DC braking starting frequency F 25 at 0 0 Hz 2 Emergency stopping from the operation panel Emergency stopping from the operation panel is possible by pressing theGo key on the panel twice while the inverter is not in the panel control mode ress the ae Pe SPP urr Wi ink 1 P h k E GFF will blink 2 Press the key once
145. ault setting Setting the standard default setting parameter t 4 4 all parameters can be returned to the those factory default settings For more details on the standard default setting parameter 4 F see section 5 5 Notes on operation e We recommend that before this operation you write down on paper the values of those parameters because when setting t 4 4 all parameters with changed values will be returned to standard factory default setting e Notethat F7 FASL F 109 F410 F4713 and F 447 will not be reset to their factory default settings E Steps for returning all parameters to standard default setting Key operated LED display Operation ag Displays the operation frequency perform during operation stopped ALLE The first basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed A LYP Press the A key or the V key to change to 4 F Pressing the ENT key displays the programmed parameters t 4 F J g will always display zero on the right the previous setting on the f left Press theA key or the V key to change the set value 3 3 To return to standard factory default setting change to 3 rr Pressing the ENT key displays fm while returning all timige parameters to factory default setting gg The monitor returns to the display of setup parameters If there is anything you do not understand during this operation press th start over
146. ay o displayed even after detailed trip information at the occurrence of a trip in 8 2 2 details on a past trip can be the inverter is turned off or reset A Key ES Item displayed operated LED display Description Past trip 1 OE isi Past trip 1 displayed alternately i p The number of time the same trip occurred in succession is Continuous trips n g displayed Unit times Operation san The operation frequency when the trip occurred is frequency oduu displayed Direction of The direction of rotation when the trip occurred is displayed rotation Fook Fr F Forward run r r Reverse run Operation The operation command value when the trip occurred is frequency Q Fagg displayed command The inverter output current when the trip occurred is Load current C50 displayed A Taa The inverter input voltage DC detection when the trip Input voltage Sieg occurred is displayed V The inverter output voltage when the trip occurred is Output voltage Pigg displayed V The ON OFF statuses of the control input terminals F R RES and VIA are displayed in bits ON OFF Input terminal oid VIA F R RES The ON OFF statuses of the control output terminals RY and FL are displayed in bits Output terminal Q a ee 7 a 1 i FL RY RC Cumulative The cumulative operation time when the trip occurred is operation time A bB56 displayed P 0 01 1 hour 1
147. cceleration time A is too short e Increase the acceleration time ACC i G ip 0025 acceleration x e The V F setting is improper e Check the V F parameter Overcurrent flowing e A restart signal is imput to the rotating motor e Use F 3 auto restart and F 39 2 in element during after a momentary stop etc coast stop acceleration e A special motor e g motor with a small e Adjust the carrier frequency F 377 impedance is used e Set the carrier frequency control mode e There is possibility of Ground fault trip selection parameter F 3 6 to 10r3 carrier frequency decreased automatically Ele 0002 Overcurrent during e The deceleration time o is too short e Increase the deceleration time dE g P 0026 deceleration i e There is possibility of Ground fault trip e Set the carrier frequency control mode Overcurrent flowing selection parameter F J 6 to1or3 in element during carrier frequency decreased automatically decelearion IRE 0003 Overcurrent during e The load fluctuates abruptly e Reduce the load fluctuation Go4P 0027 constant speed e The load is in an abnormal condition e Check the load operated machine operation e There is possibility of Ground fault trip e Set the carrier frequency control mode Overcurrent flowing selection parameter F 3 6 to1or3 in element during carrier frequency decreased automatically operation g E ip 0025 Ground fault trip e A current leaked from an output cable or the e Check c
148. ckward signal 0 10V Current signal 4 20mA Otherwise input voltage signal 0 10V between the terminals VIA CC VIA Input 4 20mAdc Title Function Setting value Cagd Command mode selection 0 Frigd Frequency setting mode selection 1 1or2 Operation Run stop ON OFF input to F CC R CC Set SW4 to Sink logic Frequency setting VIA and VIB 0 10Vdc External potentiometer Use the VIA SW3 slide switch to switch between voltage and current to the VIA terminal Voltage input V side Current input side Please turn off the lamp by pressing the key when the LOC REM key lamp is lit TOSHIBA 4 Basic V ations The VF FS1 has the following three monitor modes 7 The standard inverter mode This mode is enabled when Standard monitor mode i inverter power goes on This mode is for monitoring the output frequency and setting the frequency designated value In it is also displayed information about status alarms during running and trips e Setting frequency designated values See section 3 1 2 e Status alarm E6581381 If there is an error in the inverter the alarm signal and the frequency will flash alternately in the LED display When a current flows at or higher than the overcurrent stall level When a voltage is generated at or higher than the over voltage stall level When a load reaches 50 or higher of the overload trip value When the temperature
149. ction No 14 can changing PID control or open loop control Also Input terminal function PID control integral value clear function No 65 can use 4 By the set the 3472 or Input terminal function PID forward reverse switching function No 72 PID control is reverse When a reverse characteristic is selected at the same time with the parameter and the terminal it becomes a forward characteristic F 45 TOSHIBA E6581381 4 Adjusting the PID control gain level Adjust the PID control gain level according to the process quantities the feedback signals and the object to be controlled The following parameters are provided for gain adjustment Parameter Setting range Default setting F J6 P gain 0 01 100 0 0 30 F J6 l gain 0 01 100 0 0 20 F J66 D gain 0 00 2 55 0 00 F 352 P gain adjustment parameter This parameter adjusts the proportional gain level during PID control A correction value proportional to the particular deviation the difference between the set frequency and the feedback value is obtained by multiplying this deviation by the parameter setting A larger P gain adjustment value gives faster response Too large an adjustment value however results in an unstable event such as hunting Feedback amount lt Process quantity setting value Fast response F 362 Large gain Slow response F 76 2 Small gain pine F 35 F gain adjustment pa
150. ctly as specified on the motor s nameplate For the setting of FY 6 no load current of motor refer to the motor test report There are two procedures for setting the other motor constants 1 The motor constant can be automatically set auto tuning Set the extended parameter F 477 to 2 gt For details see selection 1 in 6 15 1 2 Each motor constant can be set individually For details see selection 2 in 6 15 1 4 Vector control increasing starting torque and achieving high precision operation Setting of V F control mode selection Ft to F Vector control Using sensor less vector control with a Toshiba standard motor will provide the highest torque at the low speed ranges 1 Provides large starting torque 2 Effective when stable operation is required to move smoothly up from the low speed 3 Effective in elimination of load fluctuations caused by motor slippage 9 E 20 TOSHIBA 6581381 Motor constant must be set If the motor you are using is a 4P Toshiba standard motor and if it has the same capacity as the inverter there is basically no need to set the motor constant In any other case be sure to set the parameters wit uLu FH 15 toFY i7 properly Be sure to set u base frequency ui u base frequency voltage F 4 5 rated current of motor and F4 7 rated speed of motor correctly as specified on the motor s nameplate For the setting of F 4 6 no load current of motor refer
151. ctronic thermal 5 13 Preset speed operation speeds in 7 steps Extended parameters 6 1 Input output parameters 6 2 Input signal selection TOSHIBA 10 11 6 3 Terminal function Selection 2 203 642 2602 ee tad sk ade Eid ce Bd ne lien EO AEEA EEE tde shud eeesbuditl F 6 6 4 Basic parameters 2 6 5 Frequency priority selection 6 6 Operation eQuency aeea E Oe See eee vd a Sd A USO Tene EN RS ala ea a 6 7 DC braking 6 8 Auto stop in case of lower limit frequency continuous operation 6 9 Jump frequency jumping resonant frequencies 6 10 IBUMpless Ope ration azz sse sscseccezeshbestsdeeehedscsucaedeqsed sceqcenseded estes andsatesapdesnusnedeahus yedactbandeccttert cathidensuagag deste edebe Ed A 6 11 PWM carrier frequency 6 12 Trip less intensification 6213 ADrOOPIMG COMINO ERREEN ENEE E AET TATATA NEE N E 6 14 Conducting PID control 6 15 Setting motor constants 6 16 Acceleration deceleration time 2 G17 ROLE CHONATUNCHONS ss ea aA eo ian de a E S EN E EAEE ENAN EE EA EE E 6 18 Forced fire speed control function 6 19 Adjustment parameters 6 20 Operation panel Paramotis aaan ey ii ay ET a aaas Naa is ea aude ie ay el Ale 6 21 Communication function RS485 6 22 Parameters for options 6 23 Penmanent magnetic motors 3 20 0 Aen eras ea aaa ala ae ei ere Shae on da lene ie Applied operation 7 1 Setting the operation frequency 7 2 Setting thezo
152. d the upper limit frequency if the inverter is set so as to accelerate the load in the shortest possible time 6 15 2 Setting motor constants 2 Details E HA H Exciting current coefficient F H 5 Stall prevention control coefficient 1 F H a Stall prevention control coefficient 2 F444 Motor adjustment coefficient E H45 Maximam voltage adjustment coefficient F446 Waveform switching adjustment coefficient The following parameters enables you to make adjustments more finely Title Function Adjustment range Default setting FYE Exciting current coefficient 100 130 100 F485 SrA piove non control 10 250 100 Fuge ae a control 50 150 100 F494 Motor adjustment coefficient 0 200 feos F495 Maximam volage adjustment 90 120 104 F496 sdustment coeficient 0 1 14 0 kHz 14 0 FHAD Used to fine adjust the magnetic field increase rate in low speed range To increase the torque in low speed range specify a larger value for F 447 Note that this parameter should be adjusted only when enough torque cannot be obtained even though auto tuning F 47 lt was made after the setting of the parameters F 47 through F 4 4 Note also that adjusting this parameter may cause an increase in the no load current in low speed range If the no load current exceeds the rated current do not adjust this parameter F4ES Using this parameter alon
153. d 0004 Frequency setting 1 VIA 1 5 3 mode selection 1 2 VIB 6 5 1 3 Operation panel tA 4 RS485 communication 5 UP DOWN from external contact K 1 II II TOSHIBA E6581381 Minimum Title Communion Function Unit Betas Adjustment range ties Bi Reference ication FASL 0005 Meter selection 0 Output frequency 0 5 4 1 Output current 2 Set frequency 3 DC voltage 4 Output voltage command value 5 Input power 6 Output power 7 Torque 8 Torque current 9 Motor cumulative load factor 10 Inverter cumulative load factor 11 do not select 12 Frequency setting value after PID 13 VIA Input value 14 VIB Input value 15 Fixed output 1 Output current 100 16 Fixed output 2 Output current 50 17 Fixed output 3 Supposition output at F 7 5 L 17 18 RS485 communication data 19 For adjustments F 7 set value is displayed FR 0006 Meter adjustment Zia 0007 Default setting 0 0 4 2 7 1 50Hz default setting 4 2 8 2 60Hz default setting 5 5 3 Default setting Initialization 4 Trip record clear 5 Cumulative operation time clear 6 Initialization of type information 7 Save user setting parameters 8 Call user defined parameters 9 Cumulative fan operation time record clear Fr 0008 Forward reverse 0 Forward run 0 5 6 run selection 1 Reverse run Operation panel 2 Forward run F R sw
154. d therefore the output frequency will not rise until the 6 operation frequency reaches the lower limit frequency Operation at the lower limit frequency In this case the time required for the operation frequency to reach the lower limit frequency can be shortened by setting F to the lower limit frequency Frequency setting values does not change when command is nothing H Adjustment with pulse signals Parameter setting example 2 Set parameters as follows to adjust the frequency in steps of one pulse F254 F 256 s Pulse On time F 265 26 7 Frequency obtained with each pulse The inverter does not respond to any pulses with an ON time shorter than that set with F 275 4 or F 266 12ms or more of clearing signal is allowed F 21 TOSHIBA 6581381 lt lt Sample sequence diagram 2 Adjustment with pulse signals gt gt RUN command such as F 1 s Increasing UP signal Decrementing DOWN signal Set frequency clearing signal Upper limit frequency Command frequency Hz The dotted lines represent effective output frequencies OHz i ee ai EF Ann E If two signals are impressed simultaneously e Ifa clear single and an up or down signal are impressed simultaneously priority will be given to the clear signal e f up and down signals are impressed simultaneously The frequency will change at the specified up or down rate E About the setting of the initial up down frequency To adjust the frequency starting at
155. depending on the operating conditions N Warming 0 Before inspection perform the following steps 1 Shut off all input power to the inverter 2 Wait at least ten minutes and check to make sure that the charge lamp is no longer lit 3 Use a tester that can measure DC voltages 800V DC or more and check that the voltage to the Mandatory DC main circuits across PA and PC does not exceed 45V Performing an inspection without carrying out these steps first could lead to electric shock e Never replace any part S This could be a cause of electric shock fire and bodily injury To replace parts call the local sales agency Prohibited E Check items Check to see if all screwed terminals are tightened firmly If any screw is found loose tighten it again with a screwdriver 2 Check to see if all caulked terminals are fixed properly Check them visually to see that there is no trace of overheating around any of them 3 Check all cables and wires for damage Check them visually 4 Remove dirt and dust With a vacuum cleaner remove dirt and dust When cleaning clean the vents and the printed circuit boards Always keep them clean to prevent an accident due to dirt or dust TOSHIBA E6581381 5 If no power is supplied to the inverter for a long time the performance of its capacity electrolytic capacitor declines When leaving the inverter unused for a long time supply it with electricit
156. djust first stop the inverter F AJ 60Hz 0 100 Frequency setting signal If FH is increased adjust the upper limit frequency LiL as necessary Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 30 0 200 0 Hz 80 0 FH Maximum frequency 5 8 Upper limit and lower limit frequencies LiL Upper limit frequency Lower limit frequency e Function Programs the lower limit frequency that determines the lower limit of the output frequency and the upper limit frequency that determines the u Output frequency Hz FA Output frequency I 0 Frequency setting signal Frequencies that go The output frequency higher than i will not cannot be set at less than be output ibs Frequency setting signal TOSHIBA E6581381 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting ace 50 0 WP type vey Sf Ue Upper limit frequency 0 5 F H Hz 60 0 WN type iL Lower limit frequency 0 0 iL Hz 0 0 5 9 Base frequency ui Base frequency 1 uL u Base frequency voltage 1 i e Function Sets the base frequency and the base frequency voltage in conformance with load specifications or the Base frequency Note This is an important parameter that determines the constant torque control area Base frequency volt
157. e V volt The F 7 converts the following parameter settings e Adisplay Current monitor display Motor electronic thermal protection level 1 and 2 BbHr fF i713 DC braking current Fesi Stall prevention level 1 and 2 FEDO iF igs Small current detection current Foi Step out detection current level F918 for PM motors e V display Voltage monitor display F 74 TOSHIBA E6581381 6 20 3 Displaying the rotational speed of the motor or the line speed Zy M Zy og ex Zy cry py Bias of free unit display Frequency free unit magnification Frequency free unit conversion selection Inclination characteristic of free unit display Function The frequency or any other item displayed on the monitor can be converted freely into the rotational speed of the motor the operating speed of the load and so on The value obtained by multiplying the displayed frequency by the F 7 2 set value will be displayed as follows Val lue displayed 1 2 Displaying the Monitor displayed or parameter set frequency x E 72 6 motor speed To switch the display mode from 60Hz default setting to 1800min the rotating speed of the 4P motor Displaying the speed of the loading unit To switch the display mode from 60Hz default setting o m min the speed of the conve
158. e F 7 2 option 7 refer to Communications Function Instruction Manual F 79 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 20 6 Selection of operation panel stop pattern Fic Selection of operation panel stop pattern Function This parameter are used to select a mode in which the motor started by pressing thea key on the 1 Slowdown stop The motor slows down to a stop in the deceleration time set with JE or F50 2 2 Coast stop The inverter cuts off power supply to the motor The motor comes to a stop after coasting for a while by inertia Depending on the load the motor may keep running for a good long time Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Fle Selection of operation panel stop 0 Slowdown stop 0 pattern 1 Coast stop 6 20 7 Display of the head of the parameters F 3A Head of the parameter display selection e Function The parameter can be set at the front of the setting monitor mode If selecting 1 4 L H the Wizard parameter F 1 F is not displayed Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F138 Head of parameter display 0 AUF 0 selection 1 AUH 6 20 8 Integral output power H Integral output power retention selection paj 4 Integral output power display unit selection e Function At the main power off it is
159. e Never remove the front cover when power is on or open door if enclosed in a cabinet 2 1 The unit contains many high voltage parts and contact with them will result in electric shock e Don t stick your fingers into openings such as cable wiring hole and cooling fan covers 2 This can result in electric shock or other injury Prohibited e Don t place or insert any kind of object into the inverter electrical wire cuttings rods wires etc 2 This can result in electric shock or fire e Do not allow water or any other fluid to come in contact with the inverter 2 This can result in electric shock or fire e Turn power on only after attaching the front cover or closing door if enclosed in a cabinet 2 1 If power is turned on without the front cover attached or closing door if enclosed ina cabinet this can result in electric shock or other injury Q e Ifthe inverter begins to emit smoke or an unusual odor or unusual sounds immediately 2 turn power off Mandatory If the equipment is continued in operation in such a state the result may be fire Call your local sales agency for repairs e Always turn power off if the inverter is not used for long periods of time since there is a 3 possibility of malfunction caused by leaks dust and other material If power is left on with the inverter in that state it may result in fire VAN Caution See item e Do not touch heat radiating fins or discharge resistors 3 Prohibited contact The
160. e When operating a single motor with an output smaller than that of the applicable standard motor or more than one motor simultaneously When using the VF FS1 inverter to operate a constant torque motor such as the Toshiba VF motor adjust the protection characteristic of the electronic thermal protection unit 41 7 to the VF motor use It is recommended to use a motor with a thermal relay embedded in the motor coil to give sufficient protection to the motor especially when it runs in a low speed range TOSHIBA E6581381 10 4 Optional external devices The following external devices are optionally available for the VF FS1 series of inverters Power supply Molded case circuit breaker MCCB Magnetic contactor Mc 1 Input AC reactor ACL 2 High attenuation 4 radio noise 8 Parameter writer EMC noise reduction filter N F reduction filter 9 Extension panel Compliant with European 3 Zero phase reactor m A i A standards core type 10 Internal LonWorks communication circuit board radio noise vee ree eiii filter 11 Internal Metasys N2 communication circuit board 5 12 Internal Siemens APOGEE FLN communication EMC plate Ries attached as standard circuit board 7 DIN rail kit 13 Internal BACnet communication circuit board MEFS 14 USB communication converter unit zl 15 Operational panel 16 Conduit pipe attachment kit 3 Zero phas
161. e assigned to an input terminal using the parameters Fiii F iij PF iih 3 Motor speed search at starting When J is set to 4 a motor speed search is performed each time operation is started This function is useful especially when the motor is not operated by the inverter but it is running because of external force Warning e Atrestart it takes about 300 ms for the inverter to check to see the number of revolutions of the motor For this reason the start up takes more time than usual e Use this function when operating a system with one motor connected to one inverter This function may not operate properly in a system configuration with multiple motors connected to one inverter F 35 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 12 2 Instantaneous power failure coast stop selection F it Instantaneous power failure coast stop selection Function Coast stop in the event of momentary power failure If a momentary power failure occurs during operation the inverter coast stops forcibly When operation is stopped the message St G F is displayed alternately on the operation panel After the forced coast stop the inverter remains static until you put off the operation command momentarily Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting nstantaneous power failure coast stop 0 Disabled Fite 1 Do not select 0 selection 2 Coast stop If mom
162. e basic parameters All of the basic parameters can be set by the same step procedures Steps in key entry for basic parameters Parameters were N factory set by default Switches to the setting monitor mode before shipment Select the parameter to be changed from Table of parameters If there is something that you do not understand during the operation press the Selects parameter to be changed Reads the programmed parameter MODE key to return to setting the 4 indication See section 11 2 for basic parameters j Changes the parameter setting Saves the changed value of the parameter setting O454945 40 E Example of setting procedure Changing the maximum frequency from 80Hz to 60HZz Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency operation stopped a0 When standard monitor display selection F 7 i Operation frequency ANE The first basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed Press either the A or key to select F H ggg Pressing the ENT key reads the maximum frequency 568 8 Press the V key to change the maximum frequency to 60Hz repute Press the ENT key to save the maximum frequency F H and the bO GSFH frequency are displayed alternately Scere After this Displays the same D Switches to the Displays names programmed display in the of other parameter status monitor par
163. e reactor NF core type radio noise reduction filter 6 Motor end surge voltage suppression filter for 400V models only Motor J 5 TOSHIBA E6581381 11 Table o Sa ata 11 1 User parameters Minimum Title Function Unit p setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference anel Commun setting setting ication FE Operation frequency of operation Hz 0 1 0 01 bbe 0 0 3 2 panel When the value of F 7 J is 1 this range ia from 7 77 to the value of FH with free unit 11 2 Basic parameters Minimum Title Communicaren Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference o IPanel Commun setting setting ication AYE Wizard function The wizard function refers to the 4 2 4 special function of calling up ten 6 20 7 frequently used parameters AUH History function Displays parameters in groups of five 4 2 5 in the reverse order to that in which their settings were changed Possible to edit RY 0000 Automatic 0 Disabled manual 0 Sta acceleration 1 Automatic deceleration 2 Automatic only at acceleration AUH 0040 Parameter setting 0 Disabled 0 5 2 macro function 1 Coast stop 2 3 wire operation 3 External input UP DOWN setting 4 4 20 mA current input operation ERGS 0003 Command mode 0 Terminal board 0 5 3 selection 1 Operation panel 7 2 2 RS485 communication Friae
164. e use of any other option may result in an accident 1 4 4 AN Caution See item When transporting or carrying do not hold by the front panel covers 2 S The covers may come off and the unit will drop out resulting in injury Do not install in any area where the unit would be subject to large amounts of vibration 1 4 4 Prohibited That could result in the unit falling resulting in injury The main unit must be installed on a base that can bear the unit s weight 1 4 4 If the unit is installed on a base that cannot withstand that weight the unit may fall 1 resulting in injury If braking is necessary to hold motor shaft install a mechanical brake 1 4 4 Mandatory The brake on the inverter will not function as a mechanical hold and if used for that purpose injury may result E Wiring N Warning See item Do not connect input power to the output motor side terminals U T1 V T2 W T3 2 2 That will destroy the inverter and may result in fire S Do not connect resistors to the DC terminals between PA and PC 2 2 That may cause a fire Prohibited Within ten minutes after turning off input power do not touch wires of devices MCCB connected to the input side of the inverter w That could result in electric shock TOSHIBA 6581381 Warning See item e Electrical installation work must be done by a qualified expert 2 1 Connection of input power by someone who does not have that expert k
165. eaf gt L 2 TOSHIBA lt Continued gt E6581381 Item Specification Protective function Stall prevention current limitation over current output short circuit over voltage over voltage limitation 5 undervoltage ground fault power supply phase failure output phase failure overload protection by E electronic thermal function armature over current at start up load side over current at start up over 2 torque undercurrent overheating cumulative operation time life alarm emergency stop various pre o alarms Electronic thermal Switching between standard motor and constant torque VF motor switching between motors 1 and 2 3 characteristic setting of overload trip time adjustment of stall prevention levels 1 and 2 selection of overload stall Reset function Function of resetting by closing contact 1a or by turning off power or the operation panel This function is also used to save and clear trip records Alarms Stall prevention overvoltage overload under voltage setting error retry in process upper lower limits Causes of failures Over current overvoltage overheating short circuit in load ground fault overload on inverter over current through arm at start up over current through load at start up CPU fault EEPROM fault RAM fault ROM fault communication error Selectable Emergency stop under voltage low voltage over torque motor overload ou
166. ection 5 10 Parameter settings cannot be changed Change the setting of the parameter F 70 prohibition of change of parameter setting to 4 permitted if itis set at prohibited For reasons of safety some parameters cannot be reprogrammed while the inverter is running See section 4 2 6 How to cope with parameter setting related problems If you forget parameters which have been reset e You can search for all reset parameters and change their settings gt See section 4 2 3 for details If you want to return all reset parameters to their respective default settings e You can return all parameters which have been reset to their default settings gt See section 4 2 7 for details M 7 TOSHIBA 14 Inspecti E6581381 nte ce N Warming Q Mandatory e The equipment must be inspected every day If the equipment is not inspected and maintained errors and malfunctions may not be discovered which could lead to accidents e Before inspection perform the following steps 1 Shut off all input power to the inverter 2 Wait at least ten minutes and check to make sure that the charge lamp is no longer lit 3 Use a tester that can measure DC voltages 800V DC or more and check that the voltage to the DC main circuits across PA and PC does not exceed 45V Performing an inspection without carrying out these steps first could lead to electric shoc
167. ed In this case key is effective only while stopping F 29 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 11 PWM carrier frequency F 300 PWM carrier frequency ae m j i Random mode F 3 16 Carrier frequency control mode selection e Function 1 The 372 parameter allows the tone of the magnetic noise from the motor to be changed by switching the PWM carrier frequency This parameter is also effective in preventing the motor from resonating with its load machine or its fan cover 2 In addition the 374 parameter reduces the electromagnetic noise generated by the inverter Reduce the carrier frequency to reduce electromagnetic noise Note Although the electromagnetic noise level is reduced the acoustic noise of the motor is increased 3 The random mode reduces motor electromagnetic noise by changing the pattern of the reduced carrier frequenc Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 12 0 or 8 0 F4aga PWM carrier frequency 6 0 16 0 kHz Depending on model See page K 14 Fii d Random mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 0 0 Carrier frequency not reduced automatically 1 Carrier frequency reduced automatically F315 Carrier frequency control mode 2 Carrier frequency not reduced 1 selection automatically Support for 400V models 3 Carrier frequency reduced automatically Support for 400V models Reduction o
168. ed even if a communication error occurs In this case a trip information 5 flashes on and off on the operation panel F 84 TOSHIBA E6581381 6 21 2 Using the RS485 E Setting the communication functions Setting commands and frequencies by communications has priority over sending commands from the operation panel or the terminal board Command frequency setting by communications can therefore be enabled irrespective of the setting in the command mode 7 7 d or the frequency setting mode F 77 d When inverters are connected to each others however in order for slave inverters to recognize frequency signals from the master inverter as frequency commands the frequency setting mode selection 1 parameter E M D d provided for each slave inverter needs to be set to 4 serial communications Refer to the COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT USER S MANUAL for details However when the input terminal function selection parameter is set to 48 SC LC Serial Local selection the inverter can be operated with the settings of the command mode 7 7 d or the frequency setting mode E M D d by external input E Transmission specifications Item Specifications Transmission scheme 2 wire Half duplex Connection scheme Centralized control Synchronization scheme Asynchronous Transmission rate Default 19200 baud parameter setting Option Either 9600 or 19200 baud ASCII code JIS X 0201 8 8 bit fixed Bi
169. en operation panel operation is selected Press the RUN key to start the operation Check whether the operation panel operation frequency is set properly See section 3 1 2 When another control mode is selected Change the setting of the operation control mode selection 0d See section 5 3 Is the RUN key lamp off y When operation panel operation is selected Change the setting of the operation control mode selection parameter f g to 1 See section 5 3 You can check the setting of each input terminal on the monitor See section 8 1 When another control mode is selected Check whether the external operation command is entered 0 8 displayed Check to see that the frequency setting signal is not set at zero See section 6 5 Check the frequency setting signal points 1 and 2 settings gt See section 6 5 Check that the start up frequency is not higher than the operation frequency See section 6 6 Check that the frequency setting preset speed operation frequency etc is not set at zero e Check that the motor is not under a too large load or not locked up Reduce the load if necessary Check the settings of the frequency setting signal parameters F NG d F200 F207 Determine the cause using the parameter display function and the status monitoring function See section 11 for the parameter display function or section 8 for the status motorin
170. en power is turned on to prevent the load from starting to move unexpectedly Enable to turn the input terminal on at power on Note 2 When HD is OFF any attempt to turn on F is ignored Note 3 Sending out a RUN signal during DC braking has no effect in stopping DC braking Selecting HD operation holding with the input terminal selection parameter Select HD operation holding using the input terminal selection parameter and turn HD on to get the inverter ready for operation or turn HD off to stop operation TOSHIBA 6581381 In the case of reverse operation the 3 wires operation is also possible as well as forward operation by assigning R reverse function to the RES terminal Output frequency Forward run Operation uN frequency o command Note 4 V Operation When HD is OFF any frequency attempt to turn on F or R is Reverse run d comman ignored When R is ON Hp 0 ON you cannot start operation OFF by turning on HD Even 4 when both R and HD are F LAT N LA pe ON gt OFF you cannot start N operation by turning on F R ml il m EEEE Ses ON To start operation turn off OFF F and R temporarily then Powered ON turn them back on on I gt OFF Note 2 4 External input UP DOWN setting A Li 4 3 Allows setting of frequency with the input from an external contact Can be applied to cha
171. entary power failure occurs ES Input voltage Motor speed F 36 TOSHIBA 6 12 3 Retry function Fou od hs E6581381 Retry selection Selecting the number of times AN Caution e Mandatory restarts e Do not go near the motor in alarm stop status when the retry function is selected The motor may suddenly restart which could result in injury e Take measures for safety e g attach a cover to the motor to prevent accidents if the motor suddenly Function This parameter resets the inverter automatically when the inverter gives an alarm During the retry mode the motor speed search function operated automatically as required and thus allows smooth motor restarting Parameter setting Overheating 10th retry About 10 sec after tripping Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 393 Retry selection number of 0 Disabled 1 10 times 0 times The likely causes of tripping and the corresponding retry processes are listed below Cause of tripping Retry process Canceling conditions Momentary power Up to 10 times in succession The retry function will be canceled at failure 1st retry About 1 sec after tripping once if tripping is caused by an unusual Overcurrent 2nd retry About 2 sec after tripping event other than momentary power Overvoltage 3rd retry About 3 sec after tripping failure overcurrent overvol
172. er is turned off These functions take effect when parameter F 7 frequency setting mode selection 1 is set to or parameter F 7 frequency setting mode selection 2 is set to is enabled E Adj Se di Panel frequency incremental gradient F 765 F 26 4 setting time Panel frequency decremental gradient F 75 7 F 266 setting time parameters as follows to adjust the output frequency up or down almost in synchronization with the jiustment by the panel frequency command a Se di a ustment signal input time FeBY F 256 1 FHIALE orf 500 FHIGEE or F 5G 2 gt F 20 F Z65 F 264 setting time F25 HF 266 setting time ustment with continuous signals Parameter setting example 1 parameters as follows to adjust the output frequency up or down in proportion to the frequency TOSHIBA 6581381 lt lt Sample sequence diagram 1 Adjustment with continuous signals gt gt RUN command SS eee Incrementing UP signal p e co oe oe nd ee Decrementing DOWN signal Set frequency clearing signal Upper limit frequency radient F2G5 F 264 Lower limit frequency Frequency 0 Hz The dotted line denotes the output frequency obtained by combining the slowdown speed and the panel frequency adjustment speed Note If the operation frequency is set to the lower limit frequency it will increase from OHz when power is turned on for the first time after the setting an
173. erter is used in sink Negative logic mode In case source Positive logic mode connect the resistor between VIA and CC TOSHIBA 6581381 6 3 Terminal function selection 6 3 1 Keeping an input terminal function always active ON E u Always active function selection 1 mi ue Always active function selection 2 e Function This parameter specifies an input terminal function that is always to be kept active ON Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F GG Always active function selection 1 0 72 See page K 15 0 No function F i ii Always active function selection 2 0 72 See page K 15 1 Standby Coast stop Coast st The standard default setting is for deceleration stop Motor Prpa To make a coast stop assign a 1 ST terminal speed D K function to an idle terminal using the programmable J terminal function Piso i ON i terminal i pa ee Go Change to F f For coast stop OFF the ST terminal when stopping ON the motor in the state described at left The monitor on ST terminal JL OFF the inverter at this time will display GFF 6 3 2 Modifying input terminal functions fF i i Input terminal selection 1 F F ie Input terminal selection 2 R F i 11 Input terminal selection 3 RES Fi 1A Input terminal selection 8 VIA TOSHIBA 6581381
174. et ssf VF FS1 o0 ese Operation panelCC Common FLC Compactor for P24 ey os iiin sw FM VIA RC SOURCE V V PLC PLC I I SINK I 1 sw3 VIB _PP cc VIA Voltage signal 0 10V Current signal 4 20mA External potentiometer 1k 10k22 7 5V 1mA or input voltage signal across VIB CC terminals 0 10V or 4 20mA Terminal symbol Terminal function 4 Grounding terminal for connecting inverter There are 3 terminals in total 2 terminals in the terminal board 1 terminal in the cooling fin or iron plate R L1 S L2 T L3 200V class three phase 200 to 240V 50 60Hz 400V class three phase 380 to 480V 50 60Hz U T1 V T2 W T3 Connect to a three phase induction motor PA PC PA terminal Positive potential terminal for the internal DC main circuit PC terminal Negative potential terminal for the internal DC main circuit The arrangement of power circuit terminals are different from each range 3 TOSHIBA E6581996 Control circuit terminals The control circuit terminal board is common to all equipment Regarding to the function and specification of each terminal please refer to the following table Terminal Electrical symbol Inputfoutput Function specifications F Input a Shorting across F CC causes forward rotation open No voltage 5 2 a causes slow down and stop When ST is alway
175. etting setting ication Faog 0300 PWM carrier kHz 0 1 0 1 6 0 16 0 6 11 frequency Fag 0301 Auto restart 0 Disabled 0 6 12 1 control selection 1 At auto restart after momentary stop 2 When turning ST CC on or off 3 At auto restart or when turning ST CC on or off 4 At start up Page 0302 Instantaneous 0 Disabled 0 6 12 2 power failure 1 Do not select coast stop 2 Coast stop selection E303 0303 Retry selection Times 1 1 0 Disabled 0 6 12 3 number of times 1 10 Faas 0305 Overvoltage limit 0 Enabled 2 6 12 4 operation 1 Disabled Slowdown stop 2 Enabled Quick deceleration mode selection 3 Enabled Dynamic quick deceleration K 6 TOSHIBA 6581381 Communicatio Minimumi Defaul U Title n Function Unit p setting unit Adjustment range view t Ser Reference anel Commun setting setting ication F302 0307 Supply voltage 0 Supply voltage uncorrected output 3 6 12 5 correction voltage limited limitation of upply voltage corrected outpui output voltage imi a Supply voltage uncorrected output voltage unlimited Supply voltage corrected output voltage unlimited Fai 0311 Reverse run 0 Forward reverse run permitted 0 6 12 6 prohibition 1 Reverse run prohibited 2 Forward run prohibited Fite 0312 Random mode 0 Disabled 0 6 11 1 Automatic setting Pais 0316 Carrier frequency 0 Carrier frequency not red
176. f lower limit frequency continuous operation F lt 5 5 Auto stop in case of lower limit frequency continuous operation 34 i Hysteresis for LL stop operation F 34 Restart deviation for LL stop operation F 344 Restart feedback for LL stop operation e Function If operation is carried out continuously at a frequency command below the lower limit frequency i L for the period of time set with F 256 the inverter will automatically slow down the motor to a stop At that time L 5 amp F is displayed alternately on the operation panel This function will be canceled if a frequency command above the lower limit frequency 1 1 F 39 iHz selected gt The stop of this function will be canceled by deviation and feedback when PID control F392 and F Jf J is setting Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting CASE Auto stop in case of lower limit 0 0 Disabled 0 0 gt E20 frequency continuous operation time 0 1 600 0 s F39 Hysteresis for LL stop operation 0 0 F H 0 2 F392 Restart deviation for LL stop operation 0 0 F H 0 0 F393 Restart feedback for LL stop operation 0 0 F H 0 0 F 26 E6581381 TOSHIBA Output frequency Hz Time s i ON Operation signal F or R OFF Note This function is enabled even at the start of operation and during switching between forward and reverse run Feedback value
177. f rated current will be required if the PWM carrier frequency is modified for each applicable motor model Refer to the following figure When the PWM carrier frequency is set high selecting Carrier frequency not reduced automatically causes the inverter to be tripped more easily than selecting Carrier frequency reduced automatically F 30 TOSHIBA 6581381 Reduction of rated current 200V Class for IP20 0 4 0 75kW 1 5kW 2 2kW Output current Output current Output current 100 9 100 ere 90 9 NA 90 80 9 80 80 70 9 70 70 60 9 o 60 a Ys ay 6 a io 12 fey 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 S 6 8 10 12 14 16 witching frequency kHz itchi g frequency Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz Output current 4kw Output current 5 5kW Output current 7 5kW 100 100 4 100 4 D 90 90 90 80 80 80 70 70 70 60 60 60 6 8 10 12 14 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 6 8 10 12 14 16 Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz Switching frequency kHz Output current 11kW Output current 1
178. failure etc for phase failure GFF 000C Overvoltage during e The input voltage fluctuates abnormally e Make a service call constant speed 1 The capacity of power supply is high operation 2 A power factor improvement capacitor is opened or closed 3 A system using a thyrister is connected to the same power distribution line e The motor is in a regenerative state because the load causes the motor to run at a frequency higher than the inverter output frequency e Check the main circuit output line motor e There is possibility of output phase failure etc for phase failure g tf 000D Inverter overload e The acceleration time ACC is too short e Increase the acceleration time Af e The DC braking amout is too large e Reduce the DC braking amount F275 e The V F setting is improper and the DC braking time F 252 e Arestart signal is input to the rotating motor e Check the V F parameter setting after a momentary stop etc e Use F J0 auto restart and F 302 e The load is too large coast stop e Use an inverter with a larger rating Gg L oC 000E Motor overload e The V F setting is improper e Check the V F parameter setting e The motor is locked up e Check the load operated machine e Low speed operation is performed e Adjust 71 to the overload that the motor continuously can withstand during operation in a low e An excessive load is applied to the motor speed range during operation 0020 Over torque trip e Over torque
179. fault Err 001B Network error uE 001D Small current trip ure 001E Undervoltage trip Ge 0020 Over torque trip EFe 0022 Ground fault Oo iF 0025 Overcurrent flowing in element during acceleration Continued overleaf TOSHIBA E6581381 Continued Error code Failure Description code Ofer 0026 Overcurrent flowing in element during deceleration GoaP 0027 Overcurrent flowing in element during constant speed operation Etni 0054 Auto tuning error E YP 0029 Inverter type error GHe 002E External thermal input E 18 0032 VIA cable break E 119 0033 Communication error between CPUs E g0 0034 V F control error Esga 0035 CPU fault 2 SGuUe 002F Step out for PM motors only Note Past trip records trip records retained or trips that occurred in the past can be called up See section 8 1 Status monitor mode for the call up procedure Strictly speaking this code is not an error code this code is displayed to show the absence of error when the past trip monitor mode is selected 8 2 2 Display of trip information at the occurrence of a trip At the occurrence of a trip the same information as that displayed in the mode described in 8 1 1 Status monitor under normal conditions can be displayed as shown in the table below if the inverter is not turned off or reset To display trip information after turning off or resetting the inverter follow the steps described in 8 1 2 Dis
180. final products to put the CE mark on each one If they are final products they might also be subject to machine related directives It is the responsibility of the manufacturers of such final products to put the CE mark on each one In order to make machines and systems with built in inverters compliant with the EMC directive and the low voltage directive this section explains how to install inverters and what measures should be taken to satisfy the EMC directive We have tested representative models with them installed as described later in this manual to check for conformity with the EMC directive However we cannot check all inverters for conformity because whether or not they conform to the EMC direction depends on how they are installed and connected In other words the application of the EMC directive varies depending on the composition of the control panel with a built in inverter s the relationship with other built in electrical components the wiring condition the layout condition and so on Therefore please verify yourself whether your machine or system conforms to the EMC directive 11 About the EMC directive Inverters themselves are not subject to approval for CE marking The CE mark must be put on every final product that includes an inverter s and a motor s The VF FS1 series of inverters complies with the EMC directive if an EMI filter recommended by Toshiba is connected to it and wiring is carried out correctly
181. frequency setting Feedback input data Setting method Frequency setting mode selection FAigdl Fedai PID control Fiog 1 External analog setting VIA DC 4 20mA 0 10V 2 External analog setting VIB DC 0 10V 3 Panel input setting Internal preset speed setting 6 Internal preset speed setting External analog input VIA DC 4 20mA DC 0 10V 2 External analog input VIB DC 0 10V Note 1 About the setting of F 7 and F 24 7 Do not select the same terminal that is used feedback terminal VIA or VIB Note 2 When using VIA terminal set F or FLA FLB FLC When using VIB terminal set J or F i 32 respectively to 60 or 61 to put out signals to RY RC or FLA FLB FLC 3G or F i332 respectively to 52 or 53 to put out signals to RY RC You can also specify a frequency agreement detection range F amp 7 gt For more information see section 6 3 5 3 Setting PID control Set or 2 in the extended parameter F 36 4 PID control 1 Set parameters AL acceleration time and g deceleration time to the system fitting values yen 2 To limit the output frequency set parameters f upper limit frequency and 1 1 lower limit frequency If process quantities are set from the operation panel however the process quantity setting range will be limited by the settings of i and L L 3 Input terminal function PID control prohibited fun
182. from R SS2 and AD2 command 2 and acceleration deceleration 2 34 F SS3 AD2_ Combination of forward run preset speed ON Simultaneous input from F SS3 and AD2 command 3 and acceleration deceleration 2 35 R SS3 AD2 Combination of reverse run preset speed ON Simultaneous input from R SS3 and AD2 command 3 and acceleration deceleration 2 38 FCHG Frequency command forced switching ON Fea f Fegi f OFF Fid 39 VF2 No 2 Switching of V F setting ON No 2 V F setting PE 0 F 170 F 1741 F ite F 113 OFF No 1 V F setting Set value of Pt uL ubu ub EHr 40 MOT2 No 2 motor switching ON No 2 motor VF2 AD2 0CS2 PE 0 F 170 F 174 F 11g F119 Fi85 F500 F50 i F 503 OFF No 1 motor Set value of Pi wi uh u ub cHr ACC go ELF Soe FEU 41 UP Frequency UP signal input from external contacts ON Increase in frequency 42 DOWN Frequency DOWN signal input from external ON Reduction in frequency contacts K 15 II II TOSHIBA W Table of input terminal functions 2 E6581381 Bread Code Function Action 43 CLR Frequency UP DOWN cancellation signal input OFF ON Resetting of UP DOWN frequency by from external contacts means of external contacts 44 CLR RES Combination of frequency UP DOWN cancellation ON Simultaneous input from CLR and RES and reset by means of external contacts 45 EXTN Inversion of trip stop command from external O
183. g VIA detection ON signal or selection 1A 63 VIADN Analog VIA detection OFF signal RY RC 64 VIBD Analog VIB detection ON signal or 65 VIBDN Analog VIB detection OFF signal Note Select the f132 parameter to specify FLA FLC FLB terminal output Analog VIA Fise F ie 4 FF i6o F ie 4 Time s Analog VIA detection signal RY RC et ee ON FLA FLC FLB OFF Analog VIA detection signal ie TTo ON Inverted OFF TOSHIBA E6581381 6 3 7 Comparing the frequency command values N 4 Jl Zy EN ba M M Zy e Function If the frequency command value specified using F 17d or F 2G 7 almost agrees with the frequency command value from the VIA and VIB terminal with an accuracy of F 6 7 an ON or OFF signal will be sent out Frequency command agreement detection range Frequency setting mode selection 1 Frequency setting mode selection 2 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F 4st Frequency command agreement detection 0 0 FH Hz 25 range FiiGd Frequency setting mode selection 1 is 1 F 27 Frequency setting mode selection 2 2 Note When using VIA terminal set 3 or F 32 respectively to 52 or 53 to put out signals to RY RC or FLA FLB FLC When using VIB terminal set 3G or F 32 respectively to 60 or 61 to put out signals to RY RC o
184. g function M 6 f the motor does not run while no trip message is displayed follow these steps to track down the cause TOSHIBA E6581381 13 4 How to determine the causes of other problems The following table provides a listing of other problems their possible causes and remedies Problems Causes and remedies The motor runs in the wrong direction e Invert the phases of the output terminals U V and W Invert the forward reverse run signal terminals of the external input device gt See section 6 3 Assignment of functions to control terminals Change the setting of the parameter F in the case of panel operation The motor runs but its speed does not change normally The load is too heavy Reduce the load The soft stall function is activated Disable the soft stall function See section 5 12 The maximum frequency F H and the upper limit frequency L are set too low Increase the maximum frequency F H and the upper limit frequency Lt The frequency setting signal is too low Check the signal set value circuit cables etc e Check the setting characteristics point 1 and point 2 settings of the frequency setting signal parameters See section 6 5 e If the motor runs at a low speed check to see that the stall prevention function is activated because the torque boost amount is too large Adjust the torque boost amount u b and the acceleration time A gt
185. g with F 49 2 adjusts characteristics in a region in which the frequency is above the base frequency region where the field is weak F 51 TOSHIBA E6581381 Fue F494 F495 F495 Using this parameter a ong with F 445 adjusts characteristics in a region in which the frequency is above the base frequency region where the field is weak How to make adjustments in a region region where magnetic field is weak above the base frequency If a heavy load is ap plied instantaneously or transiently the motor may stall before the load current reaches the current set with the stall prevention level 1 parameter F 6 7 In many cases this kind of si A drop in supply vol some cases such pI 80 and 90 However adjust the setting of according to the mo There is no need to ad all can be avoided by gradually reducing the setting of FYAS lage may cause fluctuations of the load current or vibration of the motor In henomena can be eliminated by changing the setting of F 49 2 to between this may cause an increase in load current so that it is also necessary to the electronic thermal protective level 1 parameter Hr properly or capacity just this parameter under normal conditions Do not change the setting unless otherwise instructed by Toshiba technical staff Specify a larger value or F 445 to secure as high an output voltage as possible in a region region where magnetic field is wea
186. gs by inverter rating Acceleration Torque PWM Automatic Motor Motor Motor Display unit i f torgue adjustment selection for Deceleration boost value carrier rated no load Motor rated speed ae 5 boost coefficient integral time 1 2 frequency current current Inverter type value output power ACC GEC wie 12 F380 Fuge Fui5 Fy te FH 17 min ao F500 kHz A F434 FUNG FSG n A i WN E 4 P 2 WP E YP 1 VFFS1 2004PM 10 6 0 12 0 6 2 2 0 65 1680 1400 90 0 VFFS1 2007PM 10 6 0 12 0 5 8 3 4 60 1690 1408 80 0 VFFS1 2015PM 10 6 0 12 0 4 3 6 2 55 1690 1408 70 0 VFFS1 2022PM 10 5 0 12 0 4 1 8 9 52 1680 1400 70 0 VFFS1 2037PM 10 5 0 12 0 3 4 14 8 48 1690 1408 70 1 VFFS1 2055PM 10 4 0 12 0 3 0 21 0 46 1730 1441 70 1 VFFS1 2075PM 10 3 0 12 0 2 5 28 2 43 1730 1441 70 ki VFFS1 2110PM 10 2 0 12 0 2 3 40 6 41 1730 1441 60 Hk VFFS1 2150PM 10 2 0 12 0 2 0 54 6 38 1730 1441 50 1 VFFS1 2185PM 30 2 0 8 0 2 0 68 0 36 1750 1458 50 1 VFFS1 2220PM 30 2 0 8 0 1 8 80 0 34 1750 1458 50 ul VFFS1 2300PM 30 2 0 8 0 1 8 108 0 32 1745 1454 50 A VFFS1 4004PL 10 6 0 12 0 6 2 1 0 65 1680 1400 90 0 VFFS1 4007PL 10 6 0 12 0 5 8 1 7 60 1690 1408 80 0 VFFS1 4015PL 10 6 0 12 0 4 3 3 1 55 1690 1408 70 0 VFFS1 4022PL 10 5 0 12 0 41 4 5 52 1680 1400 70 0 Il VFFS1 4037PL 10 5 0 12 0 3 4 7 4 48 1690 1408 70 A VFFS1 4055PL 10 4 0 12 0 2 6 10 5 46 1730 1441 70 1 VFFS1 4075PL 10 3 0 12 0 2 3 14 1 43 1730 1441 70 1 VFFS1 4110PL 10 2 0 12 0 2 2 20 3 41 1730 1441 60 1 VFFS1 415
187. hermal protection characteristic that fit with the ratings and characteristics for the motor EH Motor electronic thermal protection level 1 git Electronic thermal protection characteristic selection FEOT Motor 150 overload time limit F532 Thermal memory selection e Function This parameter allows selection of the appropriate electronic thermal protection characteristics according to the particular rating and characteristics of the motor Parameter settings Default Title Function Adjustment range setting Motor electronic thermal e EHr protection level 1 10 100 1 100 Setting Overload Overload value protection stall 0 o x 1 Standard 0 0 Ain Electronic thermal protection 2 motor x x 0 See characteristic selection 3 x 4 o x 5 VF motor 6 special m x 7 motor 5 ro FEG Motor 150 overload time limit 10 2400 s 300 0 Disabled FEJE Thermal memory selection 1 Enabled 0 O valid x invalid 1 Setting the electronic thermal protection characteristics selection _ i fi and motor electronic thermal protection level 1 E Hr The electronic thermal protection characteristics selection is used to enable or disable the motor overload trip function GL and the overload stall function While the inverter overload trip G will be in constant detect operation the motor overload trip G 2
188. hree functions analog input VIA and VIB and communication command Frequency jump Three frequencies can be set Setting of the jump frequency and the range frequencies Upper and lower limit Upper limit frequency 0 to max frequency lower limit frequency 0 to upper limit frequency PWM carrier frequency Adjustable within a range of 6 0 to 16 0Hz default 8 or 12kHz PID control Setting of proportional gain integral gain differential gain and control wait time Checking whether the amount of processing amount and the amount of feedback agree Acceleration decelerati Selectable from among acceleration deceleration times 1 and 2 0 0 to 3200 sec Automatic on time acceleration deceleration function S pattern acceleration deceleration 1 and 2 and S pattern adjustable Control of forced rapid deceleration and dynamic rapid deceleration DC braking Braking start up frequency 0 to maximum frequency braking rate 0 to 100 braking time 0 to 20 seconds emergency DC braking programmable Input terminal function Possible to select from among 58 functions such as forward reverse run signal input operation base signal input and reset signal input to assign to 4 input terminals Logic selectable between sink and source Output terminal functions programmable Possible to select from among 64 functions such as upper lower limit frequency signal output low speed detection signal
189. imit 0 1 600 0 frequency continuous operation time Feay 0264 External contact s 0 1 0 1 0 0 10 0 0 1 6 5 3 input UP response time F255 0265 External contact Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 1 input UP frequency steps K 5 II II TOSHIBA E6581381 Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference No IPanel Commun setting setting ication Fess 0266 External contact 0 1 0 1 0 0 10 0 0 1 6 5 3 input DOWN response time F251 0267 External contact Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 1 input DOWN frequency steps F258 0268 Initial UP DOWN Hz 0 1 0 01 ELUL 0 0 frequency F259 0269 Change of the 0 Not changed 1 initial up down 1 Setting of F 2 6 8 changed when frequency power is turned off Felg 0270 Jump frequency 1 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 0 6 9 Fari 0271 Jumping width 1 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 30 0 0 0 Fete 0272 Jump frequency 2 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 0 Fev 0273 Jumping width 2 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 30 0 0 0 Fey 0274 Jump frequency 3 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 F H 0 0 Peis 0275 Jumping width 3 Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 30 0 0 0 Fegy 0294 Forced fire speed Hz 0 1 0 01 LL UL 50 0 6 18 setting frequency F295 0295 Bumpless 0 Disabled 1 6 10 operation 1 Enabled selection e Operation mode parameters Communicatio aug ie Default User Title n Function Unit g Adjustment range A i Reference No IPanel Commun s
190. increase it to prevent overvoltage tripping in case the voltage in the DC section rises during deceleration or varying speed operation The deceleration time during overvoltage limit operation may increase above the designated time Overvoltage limit operation level Output Frequency DC Voltage Pererernrnn A Tienu F525 Over voltage stall protection level Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Enabled 1 Disabled cans Overvoltage limit operation 2 Enabled Quick 2 44 Slowdown stop mode selection deceleration 3 Enabled Dynamic quick deceleration FEG Overvoltage limit operation level 100 150 140 If F J05 is set to 2 quick deceleration the inverter will increase the voltage to the motor over excitation control to increase the amount of energy consumed by the motor when the voltage reaches the overvoltage protection level and therefore the motor can be decelerated more quickly than normal deceleration If J05 is set to 3 dynamic quick deceleration the inverter will increase the voltage to the motor over excitation control to increase the amount of energy consumed by the motor as soon as the motor begins to slow down and therefore the motor can be decelerated still more quickly than quick deceleration F 39 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 12 5 Output voltage adjustment Supply voltage correction Base frequency voltage 1
191. ing permitted OFF Parameter editing prohibited If F 774 1 16 ST RES Combination of standby and reset commands ON Simultaneous input from ST and RES 20 F AD2 Combination of forward run and ON Simultaneous input from F and AD2 acceleration deceleration 2 21 R AD2 Combination of reverse run and ON Simultaneous input from R and AD2 acceleration deceleration 2 22 F SS1 Combination of forward run and preset speed ON Simultaneous input from F and SS1 command 1 23 R SS1 Combination of reverse run and preset speed ON Simultaneous input from R and SS1 command 1 24 F SS2 Combination of forward run and preset speed ON Simultaneous input from F and SS2 command 2 25 R SS2 Combination of reverse run and preset speed ON Simultaneous input from R and SS2 command 2 26 F SS3 Combination of forward run and preset speed ON Simultaneous input from F and SS3 command 3 27 R SS3 Combination of reverse run and preset speed ON Simultaneous input from R and SS3 command 3 30 F SS1 AD2 Combination of forward run preset speed ON Simultaneous input from F SS1 and AD2 command 1 and acceleration deceleration 2 31 R SS1 AD2 Combination of reverse run preset speed ON Simultaneous input from R SS1 and AD2 command 1 and acceleration deceleration 2 32 F SS2 AD2_ Combination of forward run preset speed ON Simultaneous input from F SS2 and AD2 command 2 and acceleration deceleration 2 33 R SS2 AD2 Combination of reverse run preset speed ON Simultaneous input
192. ini E Parameters in the Parameters are being initialized to default Normal if the message disappears after a process of values while several seconds to several tens of initialization seconds E j 7 Operation panel key The RUN or STOP key is held down for Check the operation panel fault more than 20 seconds The RUN or STOP key is faulty A E nif Auto tuning Auto tuning in process Normal if it the message disappears after a few seconds A L g 5 Break in analog The signal input via VIA is below the Check the cables for breaks And check signal cable analog sinal detection level set with the setting of input signal or setting value F amp JJ and setteing value of F544 is of FFF and FGYY one or more h gag Integral input power Integral input power is more than Press and hold down the ENT key for 3 999 99kWh seconds or more when power is off or when the input terminal function CKWH is turned on or displayed H g g g Integral output power Integral output power is more than Press and hold down the ENT key for 3 999 99kWh seconds or more when power is off or when the input terminal function CKWH is turned on or displayed M 4 TOSHIBA 6581381 Note When the ON OFF function is selected for DC braking DB using the input terminal selection parameter you can judge the inverter to be normal if g h disappears when opening the circuit between the terminal and CC Prealarm display E Overcurrent alarm Same as 7 overcur
193. inverter first and then program Programmed value 50Hz default setting YF 4 Setting 4 at causes all the following parameters to be set for operation using a base frequency of 50 Hz This does not change the setting of any other parameters Parameter F H Ui uL Fito Pedy Fe iJ FE iH 50Hz Parameter F 4 7 According to model See page K 14 50Hz default setting t YF 2 Setting t 4 F at 2 causes all the following parameters to be set for operation using a base frequency of 60 Hz This does not change the setting of any other parameters Parameter FH Ui ul F iT Pedy Fe i3 FE iH 60Hz Parameter F 4 7 According to model See page K 14 TOSHIBA 6581381 Default setting t 47 J Setting t 4 F to J will return all parameters to the standard values that were programmed at the factory gt See section 4 2 7 When 3 is programmed lt m _ t will be displayed for a short time after setting and will then be erased and displayed the original indication 4 7 Trip history data will be cleared at this time Trip clear YF 4 Setting t 4 F to 4 initializes the past four sets of recorded error history data The parameter does not change Cumulative operation time clear t 47 5 Setting 47 to S resets the cumulative operation time to the initial value zero Cumulative operation time clear 47 amp
194. ion F 7 i Operation frequency AUF The first basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed Select the History function F H by pressing the Aor Vkey ACE The parameter that was set or changed last is displayed a7 Press the ENT key to display the set value Q Q 5 0 Press the A key andV key to change set value COE Press the ENT key to save the changed value The parameter name 5 m Al rr UMEE and the programmed value will flash on and off alternately dsi Use the same steps as those given above to display parameters that you want to search for or change setting with the A key andV key HEA HEA gd First historic record End E n d Last historic record Parameter aispa Press the MODE key to return to the parameter setting mode AUF as f After that you can press the MODE key to return to the status E F monitor mode or the standard monitor mode display of operation l frequency mm LA es Note Parameter F 74 Prohibition of change of parameter settings is not displayed in this A Li TOSHIBA 6581381 4 2 6 _Parameters that cannot be changed while running For safety reasons the following parameters have been set up so that they cannot be reprogrammed while the inverter is running Stop operation i7 i or F F is displayed before changing parameter settings Basic parameters Auld Automatic acceleratio
195. ion Ft to amp PM motor control Permanent magnet motors PM motors that are light small in size and highly efficient as compared to induction motors can be operated in sensor less operation mode Note that this feature can be used only for specific motors For more information contact your Toshiba dealer 7 Precautions on vector control 1 When exercising vector control be sure to set the extended parameters ui uL u FH IS toP 4 iT properly Be sure to set ui base frequency u 1 u base frequency voltage F 4 15 rated current of motor and F 4 7 rated speed of motor correctly as specified on the motor s nameplate For the setting of F 4 6 no load current of motor refer to the motor test report 2 The sensorless vector control exerts its characteristics effectively in frequency areas below the base frequency w The same characteristics will not be obtained in areas above the base frequency 3 Set the base frequency to anywhere from 40 to 120Hz during vector control F t 3 E 21 TOSHIBA 8 4 Use a general pi one rank below The minimum a E6581381 urpose squirrel cage motor with a capacity that is the same as the inverter s rated capacity or pplicable motor capacity is 0 1kW 5 Use a motor that has 2 8 P 6 Always operate cannot be used the motor in single operation one inverter to one motor Sensorless vector control when one inverter is operated with more than one motor
196. ion characteristics selection 71 7 Setting value Overload protection Overload stall ag O x i fe g x x Ei x fo E Setting of motor electronic thermal protection level 1 H Same as F_ 13 O valid x invalid If the capacity of the motor is smaller than the capacity of the inverter or the rated current of the motor is smaller than the rated current of the inverter adjust the electronic thermal protection level 1 Hr so that it fits the motor s rated current Ifthe indications are in percentages then 100 equals the inverter s rated output current A Output current reduction factor A ERe 10 Phe f EH x0 55 0 i 30Hz Output frequency Hz Note The motor overload protection start level is fixed at 30Hz Example of setting When the VFFS1 2007PM is running with a 0 4kW motor having 2A rated current Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency Perform during operation an stopped ERE wam When standard monitor display selection F 7 i is setto 7 Operation frequency 100 2 0 4 8x100 Press the ENT key to save the changed parameter t Hr and the I OLH H2 S EH parameter are displayed alternately AUF The first basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed L Press either the A key or the V key to change the parameter to bar EH r inn Press the ENT key to display the
197. ion gain for the slipping of the motor A higher slip frequency reduces motor slipping correspondingly After setting F 4 7 set F 4i to adjust in detail Adjust the primary resistive component of the motor Use the auto tuning value Set the rated current of the motor For the rated current see the motor s nameplate or test report Set the ratio of the no load current of the motor to the rated current Enter the value in that is obtained by dividing the no load current specified in the motor s test report by the rated current Set the rated rotational speed of the motor For the rated current see the motor s nameplate or test report F 50 TOSHIBA 6581381 FH iG Using this parameter along with F 4 4 adjust the speed of response to the frequency command FH 19 Using this parameter along with F 4 amp adjust the speed of response to the frequency command How to make adjustments according to the moment of inertia of the load The moment of inertia of the load including that of the motor shaft was set at the factory on the assumption that it would be three times as large as that of the motor shaft Adjust 4 18 FH 19 with the ratio of inertia in case load inertia is different from three times of the motor inertia When making the above adjustments increase or decrease settings in steps of 10 or so while checking how things change Note also that depending on the settings of F 4 4 and F 4 4 the frequency may excee
198. ip if the Phase failure status persists for one second or more 60525 If it detects an all phase failure it will restart on completion of reconnection The inverter does not check for output phase failures when restarting after a momentary power ailure Note A check for output phase failures is made during auto tuning regardless of the setting of this parameter Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Disabled At start up Only one time after power is turned on At start up each time During operation At start up during operation Detection of cutoff on output side F505 Output phase failure detection mode selection AUN F 61 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 17 6 Input phase failure detection F 524 Input phase failure detection mode selection e Function This parameter detects inverter input Phase failure If the abnormal voltage status of main circuit capacitor persists for few minutes or more the tripping function and the FL relay will be activated Therefore input phase failures cannot always be detected A trip information F H will be displayed If the power capacity is larger than the inverter capacity more than 200kVA or more than 10 times detection errors may occur If this actually happens install an input AC reactor F 60 8B 0 No tripping Failure signal FL not activated F amp G4 1 Phase failure detection is enabled duri
199. ip information and remedies 13 1 Trip causes warnings and remedies 13 2 Restoring the inverter from a trip be 13 3 If the motor does not run while no trip message is displayed eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees M 6 13 4 How to determine the causes of other problems ecceecceseseeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeaeseeeeaeseeeeeseeeseeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeatees M 7 142 InSpection aind MaINtOMANCE xesa cectsccusecacevicesethedessweuededsatbasnesseyeanseseueusysvaysatecactbead sees herdsccubeadesecdsdedapenedveestisdedestyaapdeseyenstee 14 1 Regular inspection 14 2 Periodical inspection 14 3 Making a call for servicing ds TEA Keeping the inverter in storage 2 ccecc caninedin aiid iiesdeiyeeragee eA aidan Ane iad N 5 TO WaltaMnly 2c tained te Gt Oa hot ised AA NEN EN N EEA ALE NECE OL OITA AI ND LR ELOY AARIS AELE NEE hel ke O 1 16 Disposal ot thes inverters 2 25 id ieetheaieebdeecttat fastened vidsddsilviirnedidl leila lal salad meh ieiiaiedilaiaiedane P 1 TOSHIBA 6581381 1 Read fi 1 1 Check product purchase Before using the product you have purchased check to make sure that it is exactly what you ordered VAN Caution Q Use an inverter that conforms to the specifications of power supply and three phase induction motor being used If the inverter being used does not conform to those specifications not only will the three phase induction motor not rotate correctly it may al
200. ires apart from each other 5 To suppress radiation noise from cables ground all shielded cables through a noise cut plate It is effective to earth shielded cables in the vicinity of the inverter cabinet and filter within a radius of 10cm from each of them Inserting a ferrite core in a shielded cable is even more effective in limiting the radiation noise 6 To further limit the radiation noise insert a zero phase reactor in the inverter output line and insert ferrite cores in the earth cables of the metal plate and cabinet TOSHIBA 6581381 Example of wiring VF FS1 EMC plate Note m FL relay wiring Grounding terminal screw Power supply wiring i l esia wiring Shielded cables Motor wiring Shielded cables To relay Braking resistor wiring Shielded cables Note Strip and earth the shielded cable following the example shown in Fig Shielded cable Strip the cable and fix it to the metal plate by means of a metal saddle for electrical work or equivalent 9 1 3 About the low voltage directive The low voltage directive provides for the safety of machines and systems All Toshiba inverters are CE marked in accordance with the standard EN IEC 61800 5 1 specified by the low voltage directive and can therefore be installed in machines or systems and imported without problem to European countries Applicable standard EN IEC 61800 5 1 Adjustable second electrical powe
201. itching operation possible 3 Reverse run F R switching possible ACE 0009 Acceleration time S 0 1 0 1 0 0 3200 2 5 1 2 1 debe 0010 Deceleration time S 0 1 0 1 0 0 3200 2 1 FH 0011 Maximum Hz 0 1 0 01 30 0 200 0 80 0 5 7 frequency UL 0012 Upper limit Hz 0 1 0 01 0 5 F H 50 0 WP 5 8 frequency 60 0 WN CE 0013 Lower limit Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 u L 0 0 frequency Pa 0014 Base frequency 1 Hz 0 1 0 01 25 0 200 0 50 0 WP 5 9 60 0 WN A r 0409 Base frequency Vv 1 0 1 50 330 200V class 4 5 9 voltage 1 50 660 400V class 6 12 5 K 2 TOSHIBA E6581381 Minimum Title cease Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference o IPanel Commun setting setting ication Pe 0015 VIF control mode 0 V F constant 1 5 10 selection 1 Variable torque 2 Automatic torque boost control 3 Vector control 4 Advanced energy saving 5 Do not select 6 PM motor control ub 0016 Torque boost 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 30 0 Z 5 11 bHr 0600 Motor electronic 1 1 10 100 100 5 12 thermal protection A 6 17 1 level 1 gif 0017 Electronic thermal Setting Overload protection OL stall 0 5 12 protection o o x characteristic 4 saan 2 p selection 3 3 a 4 x 5 ve motor a 7 x Sri 0018 Preset speed Hz 0 1 0 01 bbe 15 0 5 13 operation frequency 1 Sre 0019 Preset speed Hz 0 1 0 01 LL UL 20 0 operation frequency 2 5 3 0020
202. k Be sure to inspect the inverter regularly and periodically to prevent it from breaking down because of the environment of use such as temperature humidity dust and vibration or deterioration of its components with aging 14 1 Regular inspection Since electronic parts are susceptible to heat install the inverter in a cool well ventilated and dust free place This is essential for increasing the service life The purpose of regular inspections is to maintain the correct environment of use and to find any sign of failure or malfunction by comparing current operation data with past operation records Subject of Inspection procedure environment inspection Inspection item eae Inspection method Criteria for judgement 1 Dust temperature Occasionally 1 Visual check check 1 lmprove the environment if and gas by means of a it is found to be thermometer smell unfavorable 1 Indoor check 2 Drop of water or other liquid 3 Room temperature Occasionally 2 Visual check Occasionally 3 Check by means of a thermometer 2 Check for any trace of water condensation 3 Max temperature 60 C Is something unusual is found open the door and check the transformer 2 SS 1 Vibration and noise Occasionally Sri aa otthe reactors contactors relays cooling fan etc inside If necessary stop the operation 1 Load current Occasionally Moving iron type AC To be within the rated
203. k above the base frequency Setting 495 to a larger value may cause the motor to vibrate or gears to squeak If such a phenomenon occurs do not adjust this parameter Specify a larger value for F 496 if switching from a waveform to another results in a considerable increase in vibration and noise in middle speed range region between the start frequency and the base frequency If no improvement can be made by specifying a larger value do not adjust this parameter F 52 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 16 Acceleration deceleration time 2 6 16 1 Selecting an acceleration deceleration pattern F 522 Acceleration deceleration 1 pattern F 576 S pattern lower limit adjustment amount 5 i 7 S pattern upper limit adjustment amount e Function These parameters allow you to select an acceleration deceleration pattern that suits the intended use Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F5G2 Acceleration deceleration 1 pattern 0 Linear 1 S pattern 1 2 S pattern 2 0 F505 Sparen lower limit adjustment 0 50 10 F501 Span upper limit adjustment 0 50 10 1 Linear acceleration deceleration A general acceleration Output frequency deceleration pattern Hz This pattern can usually be Maximum frequency 7 F H used 0 WHET 2 S pattern acceleration deceleration 1 Select this pattern to Output frequency accelerate decelerate the Hz
204. le Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Auto tuning disabled use of internal parameters F400 Auto tuning 1 Application of individual settings of F 442 after 0 execution 0 2 Auto tuning enabled after execution 0 1 At least set the following parameters as specified on the nameplate of the motor Title Function Adjustment range ok Base frequency 1 25 0 200 0 Hz 50 330 V 200V class who Base frequency voltage 1 50 660 V 400V class FH iS Motor rated current 0 1 200 0 A F4 iT Motor rated speed 100 15000 min 2 Set 4 G D to 2 to before the start of operation Tuning is performed at the start of the motor Precautions on auto tuning 1 Conduct auto tuning only after the motor has been connected and operation completely stopped If auto tuning is conducted immediately after operation stops the presence of a residual voltage may result in abnormal tuning 2 Voltage is applied to the motor during tuning even though it barely rotates During tuning Akn is displayed on the operation panel 3 Tuning is performed when the motor starts for the first time after F 472 is set to 2 Tuning is usually completed within three seconds If it is aborted the motor will trip with the dis play of E m and no constants will be set for that motor 4 High speed motors high slip motors or other special motors cannot be auto tuned For these m
205. ls 2 3 1 Power circuit terminals This diagram shows an example of wiring of the main circuit Use options if necessary HM Power supply and motor connections Power supply VF FS1 Power lines are Motor lines are j connected to RIL1 S L2 and T L3 connected to U T1 V T2 and WIT3 Riijsa ts furra vrrahwrrg I Motor J Molded case circuit breaker E Connections with peripheral equipment Molded case noise reduction circuit Magnetic Input AC alee Surge suppression breaker connector reactor filter RIL Inverter wm Power siL2 v2 supply T3 wa Motor Zero phase reactor TOSHIBA E Power circuit E6581381 Terminal symbol Terminal function t PE Grounding terminal for connecting inverter There are 3 terminals in total 2 terminals in the terminal board 1 terminal in the cooling fin R L1 S L2 T L3 200V class three phase 200 to 240V 50 60Hz 400V class three phase 380 to 480V 50 60Hz U T1 V T2 W T3 Connect to a three phase induction motor PA PC PA terminal Positive potential terminal for the internal DC main circuit PC terminal Negative potential terminal for the internal DC main circuit DC power can be supplied through the PA and PC terminals 22kW and more Do not connect the DC power supply The arrangement of
206. ls If the feedback input data is too small voltage scaling adjustment data can also be used for gain adjustment Example of VIB terminal setting Example of VIA terminal setting Example of VIA terminal setting voltage input current input Pats AN E F204 regy ESE A ESS 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz i z a z 5 S 2 S S 5 g g Fa 5 z E ri 6 F202 s OHz i OHz Feo2 2 ov 10V ov 10V 0Hz 4mA 20mA Feig Feige Fegi Feuz Feat Fear 0 100 0 100 20 100 VIA input value VIA input value VIB input value 6 Setting the time elapsed before PID control starts You can specify a waiting time for PID control to prevent the inverter from starting PID control before the control system becomes stable for example after start up The inverter ignores feedback input signals carries out operation at the frequency determined by the amount of processing for the period of time specified with F 35 9 and enters the PID control mode after a lapse of the specified time F 47 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 15 Setting motor constants 6 15 1 Setting motor constants 1 E HU H Auto tuning F H0 i Slip frequency gain F HU g Autmatic torque boost value EH 45 Motor rated current EH 48 Motor no load current FH 1 Motor rated speed FH 4H Speed control response coefficient EH 44 Speed control stable coefficient To use vector control
207. me after power is turned during start up on standard pulse 2 Each time short time pulse 3 Only one time after power is turned on short time pulse F515 0615 Over torque 0 Alarm only 0 6 17 9 trip alarm 1 Tripping selection F56 0616 Over torque 1 1 0 250 130 detection level F568 0618 Over torque s 0 1 0 1 0 0 10 0 0 5 detection time F519 0619 Over torque 1 0 100 10 detection level hysteresis F62 0621 Cumulative 100 0 1 0 1 0 0 999 9 610 0 6 17 10 operation time Time 10 hours alarm setting F625 0626 Overvoltage limit 1 1 100 150 140 6 12 4 operation level F627 0627 Undervoltage 0 Alarm only 0 6 17 12 trip alarm detection level below 60 selection 1 Tripping detection level below 60 2 Alarm only detection level below 50 input reactor necessary Fade 0632 Thermal memory 0 Disabled 0 6 17 1 selection 1 Enabled F533 0633 Trip at VIA low 1 1 0 Disabled 1 100 0 6 17 13 level input mode FRY 0634 Annual average 1 10 to 10 C 3 6 17 14 ambient 2 11 20 C temperature For 3 21 30 C parts replacement 4 31 40 C alarms 5 41 50 C 6 51 60 C FRYY 0644 Action in the event 1 1 0 Coast stop Trip mode 8 0 6 17 13 of VI II analogue 1 Coast stop Alarm mode Ai 75 input wire 2 Fallback speed Alarm mode breakage AL GS 3 Speed maintain Alarm mode ALGS 4 Slowdown stop Alarm mode AL GS F545 0645 PTC thermal 0 Disabled 0 6 17 15 selection 1 Enabled trip mode 2 En
208. ment 7 i i TOSHIBA 6581381 E Resolution All FM terminals have a maximum of 1 1000 E Example of 4 20mA output adjustment For details see section 6 19 1 F55 11 F59 2 20 20 Output Output currrent currrent a 4 F692 100 0 100 Internal calculated value Internal calculated value Note 1 When using the FM terminal for current output be sure that the external load resistance is less than 7509 Note 2 Note that if F752 is set to 7 torque data will be updated at intervals of more than 40 ms E Adjustment scale with parameter F 7 Meter adjustment Connect meters as shown below lt Frequency meter gt lt Ammeter gt Meter Frequency meter default setting Meter ammeter FASL i The reading of the ammeter will fluctuate during scale adjustment The reading of the frequency meter will fluctuate during scale adjustment Optional frequency meter QS 60T Make the maximum ammeter scale at least 120 percent of the inverter s rated output current TOSHIBA E6581381 E Example of how to adjustment the FM terminal frequency meter Use the meter s adjustment screw to pre adjust zero point Key operated LED display Operation Displays the operation frequency 60 0 When standard monitor display selection F 7 i is set to 4 Operation frequency AUF The first basic parameter
209. meter F 6 7 is set at or below the no load current of the motor the stall preventive function will be always active and increase the frequency when it judges that Prohibited regenerative braking is taking place Do not set the stall prevention level parameter amp 9 below 30 under normal use conditions e Function This parameter adjusts the output frequency by activating a current stall prevention function against a current exceeding the F 7 specified level Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting FEG Stall prevention level 1 40 110 A 410 F 445 Stall prevention level 2 F 58 TOSHIBA E6581381 Display during operation of the stall prevention During an 7 alarm status that is when there is a current flow in excess of the stall prevention level the outpu and off Example of display L Si The switching from F amp G i gt For more details see section 6 4 1 frequency changes At the same time to the left of this value ww is displayed flashing on to 185 can be performed by entering a command through terminals Note The 100 standard value is the rated output current indicated on the nameplate 6 17 3 Inverter trip retention Function If the inverter trips this parameter will retain the corresponding trip information Trip information that has thus
210. meters F OG itofe iJ The figure below shows the characteristic of the frequency setting signal input through the VIA and VIB terminals and that of the output frequency Output frequency Hz A Maximum frequency F 77 Small ma Default setting 0 100 ov 10Vde 4mA 20mAdc Frequency setting signal VIA VIB input value Bias adjustment of VIA and VIB input terminals F 4 7 and FH 72 To give leeway the inverter is factory adjusted by default so that it will not produce an output until a certain amount of voltage is applied to the VIA and VIB input terminals If you want to reduce the leeway set E 47 or 4 72 toa larger value Note that specifying a too large value may cause an output frequency to be output even though the operation frequency is 0 zero Hz Gain adjustment of VIA and VIB input terminals F 4 7 and F 4 74 The inverter is factory adjusted by default so that the operation frequency can reach the maximum frequency even though the voltage and current to the VIA and VIB input terminals are below the maximum levels If you want to adjust the inverter so that it will output the maximum frequency at the maximum voltage and current set F 4 7 or F 4 73 to a smaller value Note that specifying a too small value may cause the operation frequency not to reach the maximum frequency even though the maximum voltage and current are applied F 23 TOSHIBA E6581381 6
211. meters that are different from the standard default setting parameters Use them to automatic edit function check after setting and to change setting Parameter title 4 1 gt See section 4 2 3 The wizard function refers to the special function of calling up ten frequently used parameters You can set up the inverter easily by simply setting the parameters in one after another Parameter name ALIFE See section 4 2 4 User parameters Wizard function This parameter has the function of displaying in reverse chronological order the five parameters that were changed last This function comes in very handy when you adjust the inverter repeatedly using the same parameter Parameter name F H H gt See section 4 2 5 History parameter Adjustment range of parameters i H An attempt has been made to assign a value that is higher than the programmable range Or as a result of changing other parameters the programmed value of the parameter that is now selected exceeds the upper limit An attempt has been made to assign a value that is lower than the programmable range Or as a result of changing other parameters the programmed value of the parameter that is now selected i r co exceeds the lower limit If the above alarm is flashing on and off no setting can be done of values that are equal to or greater than H or equal to or lower than TOSHIBA 6581381 4 2 1 How to set th
212. motor rapidly to a high speed a frequency region with an output frequency of 60Hz or more or to minimize the shocks Set frequency applied during acceleration deceleration This pattern is suitable for 0 pneumatic transport machines Actual acceleration time F 53 TOSHIBA 6581381 3 S pattern acceleration deceleration Select this pattern to obtain Output frequency slow acceleration ina A Hz Maximum frequency r SER demagnetizing region with a FH Pat small motor acceleration Set frequency A torque This pattern is suitable for high speed Base frequency D o gt N spindle operation Time s Actual acceleration time Switching acceleration deceleration time 1 and 2 eo co Acceleration time 2 Deceleration time 2 Zy Ey od Acceleration deceleration 2 pattern Zy RN Selecting an acceleration deceleration pattern N uoa aa pa pa a Zy my Acceleration deceleration 1 and 2 switching frequency e Function Two acceleration times and two deceleration times can be specified individually A method of selection or switching can be selected from among the following 1 2 3 Selection by means of parameters Switching by changing frequencies Switching by means of terminals F 54 TOSHIBA 6581381 Title Function Adjustment range
213. n deceleration AJH Parameter setting macro function CnGd Command mode selection Set F 73 and they can be changed while Pra Frequency setting mode selection i theingeraris AAKI EYP Default setting g FH Maximum frequency uL Base frequency 1 uku Base frequency voltage1 Pe V F control mode selection 1 Extended parameters F iG F iif Input terminal selection parameters F 175 Fag Output terminal selection parameters Fw Base frequency 2 Fivi Base frequency voltage 2 FIG i F FZ i Protection parameters F36 Carrier frequency control mode selection Fudd Auto tuning FH 15 F4 19 Motor constant parameters F4UGa F 496 Motor control parameters Fadi Stall prevention level 1 FEGI Emergency stop selection F605 Output phase failure detection mode selection Foga Input phase failure detection mode selection Fa id Detection of output short circuit during start up selection Foes Over voltage stall protection level Foal Under voltage trip alarm selection Fide Prohibition of panel local remote operation key F9 iG F4 ig PM motor parameters The setting of any parameter other than the above can be changed even during operation Keep in mind however that when the parameter F 70 prohibition of change of parameter settings is set to prohibited no parameters can be set or changed TOSHIBA 6581381 4 2 7 _ Returning all parameters to standard def
214. n inverter does not trip or retry 37 FLRN Inversion of failure signal put out also at the time Inversion of FLR of a retry 38 OUTO Specified data output 1 ON Specified data from remote control FA50 BITO 1 OFF Specified data from remote control FASO BITO 0 39 OUTON Inversion of specified data output 1 Inversion of OUTO setting 42 COT Cumulative operation time alarm ON Cumulative operation time is equal to or longer thanF G2 OFF Cumulative operation time is shorter than Fool 43 COTN Inversion of cumulative operation time alarm Inversion of COT 44 LTA Parts replacement alarm ON Calculation for parts replacement time is equal to or longer than the preset time ON Calculation for parts replancement time is shorter than the preset time 45 LTAN Inversion of replacement alarm Inversion of LTA 48 Lit F terminal input signal ON The signal input to F terminal is ON OFF The signal input to F terminal is OFF 49 LIIN Inversion of F terminal input signal Inversion of LI1 50 LI2 R terminal input signal ON The signal input to R terminal is ON OFF The signal input to R terminal is OFF 51 LI2N Inversion of R terminal input signal Inversion of LI2 52 PIDF Signal in accordance of frequency command VIA ON Frequency commanded by F n O gd or F 20 7 and that by VIA show the same value OFF Frequency commanded by F 7 or F 2 7 and that by VIA show different values K 18 TOSHIBA E Table of output terminal functions 3 E6581
215. n result in fire Q e Do not operate with the front panel cover removed This can result in electric shock e An emergency stop device must be installed that fits with system specifications e g shut off input Mandatory power then engage mechanical brake Operation cannot be stopped immediately by the inverter alone thus risking an accident or injury e All options used must be those specified by Toshiba The use of any other option may result in an accident AN Caution Q e The main unit must be installed on a base that can bear the unit s weight If the unit is installed on a base that cannot withstand that weight the unit may fall resulting in injury e If braking is necessary to hold motor shaft install a mechanical brake The brake on the inverter will not function as a mechanical hold and if used for that purpose injury Mandato y may result Install the inverter in a well ventilated indoor place and mount it on a flat metal plate in portrait orientation If you are installing more than one inverter the separation between inverters should be at least 5 centimeters and they should be arranged in horizontal rows If the inverters are horizontally arranged with no space between them side by side installation peel off the ventilation seals on top of the inverter It is necessary to decrease the current if the inverter is operated at over 40 C Standard installation Side by side in
216. nary code Binary 8 bit fixed Character transmission Stop bit length nverter receiving 1 bit Inverter sending 2 bits Error detection Parity Even Odd or None selectable by parameter setting check sum method Character transmission format Receiving 11 bit Sending 12 bit Order of bit transmission Least significant bit first Frame length Variable to a maximum of 17 bytes E Example of connection for RS485 communication lt Example of connection gt Host computer Option VF FS1 VE FS1 VF FS1 F 85 TOSHIBA E6581381 lt Independent communication gt Perform computer inverter connection as follows to send operation frequency commands from the host computer to inverter No 3 Response data INV R host Wiring Host computer Data host INV FS1 No 00 FS1 No 01 FS1 No 02 FS1 No 03 FS1 No 29 FS1 No 30 Given away Given away Given away Given away Given away Given away Only the inverter with the selected inverter number conducts data processing All other inverters even if they have received the data give it away and stand by to receive the next data Use the terminal board to branch the cable 1 Data is sent from the host computer 2 Data from the computer is received at each inverter and the inverter numbers are checked 3 The command i
217. ncy and the frequency will stop decreasing F 77 TOSHIBA 6581381 E When F 77 7 is not 0 00 and F 7 72 is not 0 disabled Under normal conditions the frequency command value from the operation panel increases in steps of 0 1 Hz each time you press the A key If 74 7 is not 0 00 the frequency command value will increase by the value with F 7 7 7 each time you press the O key Similarly it will decrease by the value set with 70 7 each time you press hQ key In this case the output frequency displayed in standard monitor mode changes in steps of 0 1 Hz as usual E When F 7 7 7 is not 0 00 and F 7 74 is not 0 disabled The value displayed on the panel also can also be changed in steps Output frequency displayed in standard monitor mode Internal output frequency X Figa Fibi Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Egl Free step 1 pressing a panel key 0 00 Disabled 0 00 H once 0 01 F H Hz FGA Free step 2 panel display pies 0 E Example of setting 1 When 70 7 10 00 Hz The frequency F set on the operation panel changes in steps of 10 0 Hz 0 0 gt 10 0 gt 20 0 gt 60 0 Hz each time you press the A key This function comes in very handy when operating the load at limited frequencies that change in steps of 1Hz 5Hz 10Hz and so on F 78 TOSHIBA 6581381 E Example of setting 2 When 77 7 1 00 Hz and F 77 8 1 Each time
218. ng ko 0 4 VEFS1 2004PM 0 75 VFFS1 2007PM A i2 15 VEFS72075PM 107 130 150 93 121 5 13 2 2 VEFS1 2022PM 4 0 VFFS1 2037PM 142 170 150 126 157 14 B 24 55 VEFS1 2055PM 3 phase 200V phase SEES Soe 180 220 170 160 210 12 43 11 VFFS1 2110PM 15 VEFS1 2150PM__ 245 310 190 225 295 19 5 D 8 6 18 5 VEFS1 2185PM 89 22 VEFS1 2220PM 240 420 214 206 403 E 16 4 30 VEFS1 2300PM 320 630 290 280 605 G 38 7 0 4 VEFS1 4004PL D 75 VFFS1 4007PL_ 107 130 150 93 1215 13 A 14 15 VEFS1 4015PL 2 2 VEFS1 4022PL 4 0 VEFS1 4037PL 5 EES aosspe 142 170 150 126 157 14 B 24 T5 ET 480 220 170 160 210 12 c 47 epee IONN 15 VEFS1 4150PL ae Sers hespo 245 310 190 225 295 19 5 D 90 22 VEFS1 4220 PL EES ao EL 240 420 214 206 403 E 15 4 37 VEFS1 4370 PL EES ep 240 850 214 208 529 F 23 5 55 VFF51 4550 PL EES aep 320 630 290 280 605 G 39 7 L 4 TOSHIBA 6581381 E Outline drawing 157 Installation dimension Fig A Fig B 210 Installation dimension EMC eu fh Fig D L 5 TOSHIBA 6581381 48 ane z Ly ra 403 Installation dimension 420 ig e 206 Installation dimension
219. ng an external contact frequency To fine adjust the frequency command characteristics for VIA VIB input use the parameters F 4 7 to FY Ti See section 6 5 4 F 18 TOSHIBA 6581381 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F D ViAinput point 1 setting 0 100 0 Feige ViAinput point 1 frequency 0 0 200 0 Hz 0 0 Fes ViAinput point 2 setting 0 100 100 284 ViAinput point 2 frequency 0 0 200 0 Hz ato Wi ee F2 i VIB input point 1 setting 0 100 0 F2 VIB input point 1 frequency 0 0 200 0 Hz 0 0 F2 Z VIB input point 2 setting 0 100 100 F 2 43 VIB input point 2 frequency 0 0 200 0 Hz aR M FA i Communication command point 1 setting 0 100 0 FA 2 Communication command point 1 frequency 0 0 200 0 Hz 0 0 F 3 Communication command point 2 setting 0 100 100 cay een f 50 0 WP type FA iH Communication command point 2 frequency 0 0 200 0 Hz 60 0 WN type Note Don t set the same value between point 1 and point 2 If set the same falue the is displayed 1 0 10Vdc voltage input adjustment VIA VIB VIA VIB terminals F204 F2 13 The output frequency with 60 Hz respect to the voltage input is adjusted according to the selected reference point Gradient and bias can be set Output easily frequency Feae Feil 0 Hz ER ng F203 F2 12 4 100
220. ng operation The inverter will trip if the abnormal voltage status of main circuit capacitor persists for ten minutes or more Failure signal FL activated Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F50 Input phase failure detection mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 1 selection Note Setting 42 to Q input phase failure detection disabled may result in a breakage of the capacitor in the inverter main circuit if operation is continued under a heavy load in spite of the occurrence of an input phase failure 6 17 7 Control mode for small current F 54 Small current detection current hysteresis i Small current trip alarm selection Small current detection current 1 t i Small current detection time e Function The F amp parameter allows the inverter to be tripped if a current smaller than the F amp i t specified value flows for more than the F amp lt specified time When tripping is selected enter the detection time to tripping Trip information is displayed as iif F amp No tripping Failure signal FL not activated Asmall current alarm can be put out by setting the output terminal function selection parameter F amp ID 1 The inverter will trip Failure signal FL activated if a current below the current set with F amp i i flows for the period of time specified with F 5 I F 62 TOSHIBA 6581381 Ti
221. nges of frequencies from several locations In case of cancelling the frequency UP DOWN it is necessary to assign CLR frequency UP DOWN cancellation from external contacts function to the VIA terminal separately gt See section 6 5 3 for details 4 20 mA current input F Lf 4 4 Used for setting frequencies with 4 20mAdc current input TOSHIBA 6581381 5 3 Selection of operation mode Local mode and Remote mode Local mode When Local mode selected by key start and stop and frequency setting are effective only by operation panel keys The local lamp is lit while Local mode selected Remote mode Start and stop and frequency setting follow the selection of 7 7 4 Command mode or F 74 d Frequency setting mode Setting mode Switching of commands and references Commands cna Logic input CPCA 48 Com priority 5 cancellation Local Remote Run Forward Terminal board Operation panel RS485 communication RS485 Run Reverse communication FAGd Logic input FCHG 38 Frequency reference VIA F 28 7 priority switch VIB Operation panel ae reference RS485 communication UP DOWN Operation panel RS485 communication UP DOWN TOSHIBA 6581381 CT a Command mode selection y E Ti U d Frequency setting mode selection 1 e Function Remote mode selection these parameters are used to
222. nowledge may result in fire or electric shock Connect output terminals motor side correctly 2 1 If the phase sequence is incorrect the motor will operate in reverse and that may result in injury Wiring must be done after installation 2 1 If wiring is done prior to installation that may result in injury or electric shock Qe The following steps must be performed before wiring 2 1 1 Turn off all input power Mandatory 2 Wait at least ten minutes and check to make sure that the charge lamp is no longer lit 3 Use a tester that can measure DC voltage 800VDC or more and check to make sure that the voltage to the DC main circuits across PA and PC is 45V or less If these steps are not properly performed the wiring will cause electric shock Tighten the screws on the terminal board to specified torque 24 If the screws are not tightened to the specified torque it may lead to fire Check to make sure that the input power voltage is 10 15 of the rated power 1 4 4 voltage written on the rating label 10 when the load is 100 in continuous operation If the input power voltage is not 10 15 of the rated power voltage 10 when the load is 100 in continuous operation this may result in fire Ground must be connected securely 2 1 amp If the ground is not securely connected it could lead to electric shock or fire when a 2 2 malfunction or current leak occurs Be Grounded AN Caution See item Do not attach equipment such as n
223. ns when the frequency setting signal decreases below point A 100 Frequency command value TOSHIBA 6581381 6 7 DC braking 6 7 1 _ DC braking F 5i DC braking starting frequency x 5 DC braking current F252 DC braking time e Function A large braking torque can be obtained by applying a direct current to the motor These parameters set the direct current to be applied to the motor the application time and the starting frequency Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Fagg DC braking starting frequency 0 0 F H Hz 0 0 Fe2S DC braking current 0 100 A 50 FeS5e2 DC braking time 0 0 20 0 sec 1 0 Output frequency Hz Set frequency j 5 DC braking DC braking starting frequency Fes a o Output current A Time s y DC braking current Fes DC braking time F 2 5 g Operation signal F or R ie ON 1 OFF Note1 During DC braking the overload protection sensitivity of the inverter increases The DC braking current may be adjusted automatically to prevent tripping Note 2 During DC braking the carrier frequency is 6kHz irrespective of the setting of parameter F 377 PWM carrier frequency F 25 TOSHIBA E6581381 6 8 Auto stop in case of lower limit frequency continuous operation 6 8 1 Auto stop in case o
224. o make sure that the charge lamp is no longer lit 3 Use a tester that can measure DC voltage 800VDC or more and check to make sure that the voltage to the DC main circuits across PA and PC is 45V or less If these steps are not properly performed the wiring will cause electric shock 2 Compliance with Installation The VF FS1 inverter must be installed in a panel and used within the ambient temperature specification Standard installation MEnvironments Use environments Indoor altitude 1000m Max not exposed to direct sunlight corrosive gas explosive gas or vibration less than 5 9m s 10 to 55Hz Ambient temperature 10 t040 Maximum Surrounding Air Temperature 40 Storage temperature 25 to 65 Relative humidity 20 to 93 free from condensation and vapor Carrier frequency The value of the UL CSA rated output current is applicable when the carrier frequency F 3 8 8 is less than the following value Up to 15 0kW F 30 G 12 0kHz 18 5kW and over F 37 4 8 0kHz Refer to the name plate for rated current values 3 Compliance with Connection Use the UL conformed cables Rating 75 C or more Use the copper conductors only to the main circuit terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3 gt For recommended tightening torque for the main terminal see Table 1 gt For recommended wire size for the main terminal see Table 2 gt Use the electric wire of Clas
225. of V F control mode selection Ft to variable torque This is appropriate for load characteristics of such things as fans pumps and blowers in which the torque in relation to load rotation speed is proportional to its square Base frequency voltage TE g eg T S 5 2 5 O Base frequency PA Output frequency Hz TOSHIBA 6581381 3 Increasing starting torque Setting of V F control mode selection Ft to 2 automatic torque boost control Detects load current in all speed ranges and automatically adjusts voltage output torque boost from inverter This gives steady torque for stable runs Base frequency voltage ii z O gt S 5 O Automatically adjusts the amountof torque boost Base frequency u Output frequency Hz Note This control system can oscillate and destabilize runs depending on the load If that should 5 happen set V F control mode selection F to 4 V F constant and increase torque manually Motor constant must be set If the motor you are using is a 4P Toshiba standard motor and if it has the same capacity as the inverter there is basically no need to set the motor constant In any other case be sure to set the parameters wi uLu FH 15 tof Y i7 properly Be sure to set u base frequency ui u base frequency voltage F 4 5 rated current of motor and F4 7 rated speed of motor corre
226. oise filters or surge absorbers that have built in 24 S capacitors to the output motor side terminals That could result in a fire Prohibited E Operations N Warning See item Do not touch inverter terminals when electrical power is going to the inverter even if the 3 motor is stopped Touching the inverter terminals while power is connected to it may result in electric shock S Do not touch switches when the hands are wet and do not try to clean the inverter with a 3 damp cloth Prohibited Such practices may result in electric shock Do not go near the motor in alarm stop status when the retry function is selected 3 The motor may suddenly restart and that could result in injury Take measures for safety e g attaching a cover to the motor against accidents when the motor unexpectedly restarts Turn input power on after attaching the front cover 3 When installed inside a cabinet and using with the front cover removed always close the cabinet doors first and then turn power on If the power is turned on with the front cover or the cabinet doors open it may result in electric shock Mandatory Make sure that operation signals are off before resetting the inverter after malfunction 3 If the inverter is reset before turning off the operating signal the motor may restart suddenly causing injury TOSHIBA 6581381 VAN Caution See item e Observe all permissible operating ranges of motors and mechanical equipment
227. ol E Base frequency 1 utu Base frequency voltage 1 uh Torque boost value 1 x x x F i7 Base frequency 2 O x x x x F 1 Base frequency voltage 2 x x x x F i 12 Torque boost value 2 O x x x x FGD Auto tuning x x O O FUG Slip frequency gain x x x O x FHD Z Automatic torque boost value x x F 4 15 Motor rated current 0 FH 15 Motor no load current x x O O F4 7 Motor rated speed 0 O F 4 i Speed control response coefficient x x O O O F4 19 Speed control stability coefficient x x O O O F482 Exciting current coefficient x x O O x F485 Stall prevention control coefficient 1 O O O O O F442 Stall prevention control coefficient 2 Q O O O O F494 Motor adjustment coefficient O O O Oo O F455 a RER adjustment o o o o o F455 cell switching adjustment o o o o o Be sure to set and adjust the parameters O Adjust the parameters if necessary E 23 TOSHIBA 6581381 5 11 Manual torque boost increasing torque boost at low speeds u A Torque boost 1 e Function If torque is inadequate at low speeds increase torque by raising the torque boost rate with this ti Base frequency voltage ii o F Se 2 ge 5 fe ub Base frequency uL Output frequency Hz Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting ub Torque boost 1 0 0 3
228. ommunication Function The VF FS1 Series allows a data communication network to be constructed for exchanging data between a host computer or controller referred to col lectively as the computer and the inverter by connecting an internal RS485 communication function or optional USB communication conversion unit lt Computer linking functions gt The following functions are enabled by data communication between the computer and inverter 1 Monitoring inverter status such as the output frequ 2 Sending RUN STOP and other control commands ency current and voltage o the inverter 3 Reading editing and writing inverter parameter settings lt USB communication gt Data can be exchanged between one computer and one inverter lt RS485 communication gt Data can be exchanged between the computer and eacl h of the inverters connected F 82 TOSHIBA 6581381 The following are available as communication optional units e USB communication conversion unit Model USB001Z Communication cable Model CAB0011 1m CAB0013 3m CAB0015 5m Internal LonWorks communication circuit board Model ILU007Z e Internal BACnet communication circuit board Model BCNO02Z e Internal Metasys N2 communication circuit board Model MTS002Z e Internal Siemens APOGEE FLN communication circuit board Model APG002Z These internal products require no interconnect cables because of built in type E Communicati
229. on 6 12 1 or the retry function gt See section 6 12 3 If the inverter has been programmed for restart If the retry function has been selected place warning sequence of momentary power failure place warning labels in a location where they can be easily seen and labels in a place where they can be easily seen and read read Example of warning label Example of warning label Warning Functions programmed for retry Do not go near motors and equipment Motors and equipment that have stopped Warning Functions programmed for restart Do not go near motors and equipment Motors and equipment that have stopped temporarily after momentary power failure will restart suddenly after recovery temporarily after an alarm will restart suddenly after the specified time has elapsed TOSHIBA Introduction Thank you for your purchase of the Toshiba TOSVERT VF FS1 industrial inverter E6581381 This is the Ver 118 Ver 119 CPU version inverter Please be informed that CPU version will be frequently upgraded E Features 1 Built in noise filter 1 All models in both the 200V and 400V series have a noise filter inside 2 Can be compliant with European CE marking standard 3 Reduces space requirements and cuts down on time and labor needed in wiring 2 Simple operation 1 Automatic functions history wizard acceleration deceleration time and function programming
230. on frequency m er Press the ENT key to save the operation frequency F and the SOF i frequency are displayed alternately Bag Pressing the A key or the V key will change the operation frequency hak even during operation TOSHIBA 6581381 2 Setting the frequency using the operation panel F d or 2 E Frequency setting 1 Setting the frequency using external potentiometer Potentiometer f Setting frequency using the potentiometer 1k 10kQ 1 4W gt For more detailed information on adjustments see i section 6 5 i VIB Setting frequency using potentiometer gp 60Hz Frequency 0 F The input terminal VIA can be used in the same way min MAX FEND d t VIA effective F f G d 2 VIB effective gt For more details see section 6 5 2 Setting the frequency using input voltage 0 10V Voltage signal VIA Setting frequency using voltage signals 0 10V gt For more detailed information on adjustments see Voltage signal 0 10Vdc section6 5 cc 60Hz Frequency The input terminal VIB can be used in the same way ae 40Vde FAD d 1 VIA effective F f G d c VIB effective gt For more details see section 6 5 Note Be sure to turn the VIA SW3 slide switch to the V voltage position 3 Setting the frequency using current input 4 20mA Current Signal Current signal Setting frequency using current signals 4 2
231. on function parameters Communication options The data transfer speed parity type inverter number and communication error trip time can be set edited by operation panel operation or communication function Title Function Adjustment range Default setting an wa ae 0 9600bps Fagg Communication rate 1 19200bps 1 0 NON No parity Fad Parity 1 EVEN Even parity 1 2 ODD Odd parity FAG2 Inverter number 0 247 0 n ui RSF 0 Disabled FEGI Communication error trip time 1 100 s 0 n Tr PRT 0 00 Regular communication F amp GS Communication waiting time 0 01 2 00 s 0 00 0 Slave 0 Hz command issued in case the master inverter fails 1 Slave Operation continued in case the master inverter fails 2 Slave Emergency stop tripping 0 in case the master inverter fails Setting of master and slave FAGE for communication between inverters 3 Master transmission of frequency commands 4 Master transmission of output frequency signals Communication command point 1 FALI setting 0 100 0 Faia Communication command point 1 0 200 0 Hz 0 0 frequency 7 Communication command point 2 _ i FAJ setting 0 100 100 A Communication command point 2 50 0 WP type FAIH frequency 0 0 200 0 Hz 60 0 WN type 0 Toshiba inverter protocol 1 ModbusRTU protocol 2 Metasys N2 protocol 0 3 APOGEE FLN protocol 4 BAC net protocol Selection of communication FaeS pro
232. operation frequency Og When standard monitor display selection F 7 ff is setto 7 Operation frequency AUF The first basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed Q Aui Press the A key to change the parameter to ALi 1 G ag Pressing the ENT key allows the reading of parameter setting Q i Press the A key to change the parameter to or 2 SAN Press the ENT key to save the changed parameter F and the Pout parameter are displayed alternately 5 1 2 _ Manually setting acceleration deceleration time Set acceleration time from 0 Hz operation frequency to maximum frequency F H and deceleration time as the time when operation frequency goes from maximum frequency F H to 0 Hz Output frequency Hz Manual Time sec TOSHIBA E6581381 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting wen According to model EF E AEE Acceleration time 1 0 0 3200 sec See page K 14 ee According to model cr a det Deceleration time 1 0 0 3200 sec See page K 14 Note When the acceleration deceleration time is set at 0 0 seconds the inverter speed increases or reduces speed within 0 05 seconds If the programmed value is shorter than the optimum acceleration deceleration time determined by load conditions overcurrent stall or overvoltage stall function may make the acceleration deceleration time longer
233. operation in such a state the result may be fire Call your local sales agency for repairs e Always turn power off if the inverter is not used for long periods of time e Turn input power on after attaching the front cover When enclosed inside a cabinet and using with the front cover removed always close the cabinet doors first and then turn power on If the power is turned on with the front cover or the cabinet doors open it may result in electric shock e Make sure that operation signals are off before resetting the inverter after malfunction If the inverter is reset before turning off the operating signal the motor may restart suddenly causing injury A Caution e Do not touch heat radiating fins or discharge resistors These device are hot and you ll get burned if you touch them Contact prohibited S e Observe all permissible operating ranges of motors and mechanical equipment Refer to the motor s instruction manual Not observing these ranges may result in injury Prohibited TOSHIBA 6581381 3 1 Simplified Operation of the VF FS1 The procedures for setting operation frequency and the methods of operation can be selected from the following 1 Run and stop from the operation panel 2 Run and stop using external signals to the terminal board 3 Run and stop through RS485 communication 1 Setting using the operation panel 2 Setting using external signal
234. or the first time after putting power on or after resetting F 63 TOSHIBA E6581381 Title Function Adjustment range Default setting FGF 0 Each time standard pulse 1 Only one time after power is Detection of output short circuit during turned on standard pulse start up 2 Each time short time pulse 3 Only one time after power is turned on short time pulse 6 17 9 Over torque trip Over torque trip alarm selection Over torque detection level Over torque detection time FEIS FETE FEI FEI Over torque detection level hysteresis e Function Use the amp 5 parameter to trip the inverter or to output the alarm if a torque currrent exceeding the FG 1 specified level flows for more than the amp amp specified time Trip information is displayed FG 1588 oe No tripping FL relay deactivated An over torque alarm can be put out by setting the output terminal function selection parameter FE 158 fE wu The inverter is tripped FL relay activated only after a torque current exceeding the F5 I5 specified level has been detected for more than the F amp 4 specified time Title Function Adjustment range Default setting FEIS Over torque trip alarm selection all N 0 FIG Over torque detection level 0 250 130 F amp 8 Over torque detection time 0 0 10 0 s 0 5 F amp 44 Over torque detec
235. or the inverters Three phase 2 Table 2 Combinations of inverter and EMI filter 00V class Combination of inverter and filter Transmission noise EN61800 3 1st Environment C2 Inverter Applicable filters Length of motor connecting cable m VFFS1 2004PM EMFS11 4015BZ 20 VFFS1 2007PM EMFS11 4015BZ 20 VFFS1 2015PM EMFS11 4015BZ 20 VFFS1 2022PM EMFS11 4015BZ 20 VFFS1 2037PM EMFS11 4025CZ 20 VFFS1 2055PM EMFS11 4047DZ 20 VFFS1 2075PM EMFS11 4047DZ 20 VFFS1 2110PM EMFS11 2083EZ 20 VFFS1 2150PM EMFS11 2083EZ 20 VFFS1 2185PM EMFS11 2083EZ 20 VFFS1 2220PM EMF3 4090F 20 VFFS1 2300PM EMF3 4180H 20 Insert a recommended EMI filter Table 2 on the input side of the inverter to reduce and transmission noise TOSHIBA 6581381 Three phase 400V class Combination of inverter and filter Transmission noise Transmission noise Transmission noise EN61800 3 1st Environment C2 EN61800 3 1st Environment C3 EN61800 3 2nd Environment C1 Inverter Length of Length of Length of Applicable filters motor Applicable filters motor Applicable filters motor connecting connecting connecting cable m cable m cable m VFFS1 4004PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4015BZ 20 VFFS1 4007PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4015BZ 20 VFFS1 4015PL With a built in filter 5 EMFS11 4015BZ 20 VFFS1 4022P
236. orce when tuming it Lock position mark The front panel is locked when the dot on the locking screw is on this lower side Communicatio Connector hole Top warning label Note Colling fin Ventilation slit g Cnotrol cable port har Main circuit D a cable port D lt Paas Bottom Name plate Right side Note Remove this seal and operate it at a current lower than the rated one when installing the inverter side by side with other inverters where the ambient temperature will rise above 40 C A 4 TOSHIBA 6581381 27 Ma i Monitor display x I The LEDs on the operation panel display the following symbols indicate operations and parameters 1 H LED number l i 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J9 i i g i E l 4 5 E i a 5 l i LED alphabet H H Aa Bb C c Dd Ee Ff Gg H h l i Jj Kk ul 1 i A b e a E F Te TH Ta i ey L i i Mm Nn O o Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz 4 i H m H o F aq 5 H u y l 1 1 ki PA y e vn Sym O pO Example of the label N 1 3 2 Power circuit and control circuit terminal boards In case of the lug connector cover the lug connector with insulated tube or use the insulated lug connector 1 Power circuit terminal board In case of the lug connector
237. otors perform manual tuning using Selection 2 described below 5 The resulting insufficient motor torque during tuning could create a risk of machine stalling falling 6 If auto tuning is impossible or an tn auto tuning error is displayed perform manual tuning with Selection 2 7 If the inverter is tripped during auto tuning because of an output phase failure Hi check if the inverter is connected to the correctly A check for output phase failures is made during auto tuning regardless of the setting of the output phase failure detection mode selection parameter FGGS F 49 TOSHIBA Selection 2 Setting vector control and manual tuning independently E6581381 f an amp n tuning error is displayed during auto tuning or when vector control characteristics are to be improved independent motor constants can be set Title Function Adjustment range Default setting FUG Slip frequency gain 0 150 50 FUGe Automatic torque boost value 0 0 30 0 F41 Motor rated current 0 1 200 0 A Depends on the capacity E45 Motor no load current 10 100 gt See page K 14 F4 171 Motor rated rotational speed 100 15000 min Speed control response Fu IB coefficient 1130 Y Fug Speed control stability 1 100 20 coefficient Setting procedure Adjust the following parameters M Da ek aa TLL aia A MN M lt J m 4g Set the compensat
238. out an alarm through output terminals when each component is approaching the time of replacement Function Adjustment range Default setting Feq4 Annual average ambient temperature For parts replacement alarms 10 to 10 C 11 to 20 C 21 to 30 C 31 to 40 C 41 to 50 C 151 to 60 C OakwWwn Display of part replacement alarm information Part replacement alarm information See page H 3 in the Status monitor mode allows you to check on the ime of replacement 7 An example of display para Li I Li F 68 TOSHIBA 6581381 Output of part replacement alarm signal Assign the part replacement alarm function function No 44 or 45 See page K 18 to an output terminal An example of setting To assign the function to the RY RC terminal F 130 44 Note 1 Using F amp 34 enter the annual average temperature around the inverter Be careful not to enter the annual highest temperature Note 2 Set F amp J at the time of installation of the inverter and do not change its setting after the start of use Changing the setting may cause parts replacement alarm calculation error 6 17 15 Motor PTC thermal protection F amp 45 PTC thermal selection alk F EHE Resistor value for PTC detection e Function This function is used to protect motor from overheating using the signal of PTC built in motor The trip display is
239. output specified speed reach signal output and failure signal output to assign to FL relay output RY output terminals Forward reverse run The RUN and STOP keys on the operation panel are used to start and stop operation respectively The switching between forward run and reverse run can be done from one of the three control units operation panel terminal board and external control unit Preset speed operation Base frequency 7 speed operation possible by changing the combination of 3 contacts on the terminal board Operation specifications Retry operation Capable of restarting automatically after a check of the main circuit elements in case the protective function is activated 10 times Max selectable with a parameter Various prohibition settings Possible to write protect parameters and to prohibit the change of panel frequency settings and the use of operation panel for operation emergency stop or resetting Auto restart operation In the event of a momentary power failure the inverter reads the rotational speed of the coasting motor and outputs a frequency appropriate to the rotational speed in order to restart the motor smoothly This function can also be used when switching to commercial power Drooping function The motor is allowed to slip according to the load torque current Failure detection signal 1c contact output 250Vac 0 5A cos 0 4 lt Continued overl
240. overload time limit E 5 if 4 Parameter f 6 7 7 is used to set the time elapsed before the motor trips under a load of 150 overload trip GL 2 within a range of 10 to 2400 seconds 3 Inverter over load characteristics Set to protect the inverter unit Cannot be changed or turned off by parameter setting To prevent the inverter overload trip function 47 from being activated too easily lower the stall prevention level F 6 or increase the acceleration time Af or deceleration time g E 27 TOSHIBA 6581381 Inverter overload Time sec To protect the inverter overload 100 inverter rated output current trip or overcurrent trip activate in a short period of time when output current reaches 110 or 60 higher 0 25 4 o 105 110 185 Output current Inverter overload protection characteristics 4 Thermal memory selection F amp 72 At the main power off it is selectable whether retention of electric thermal calculation values or not 5 J Incase of not activated The calculated value of the electric thermal is not memorized at power off The calculated value of the electric thermal and the trip state can always be reset Don t reset the unit trip state continually it may cause the motor and the unit failure i In case of activated The calculated value of the electric thermal is memorized at power off The trip state can always be reset b
241. parameter F Ji gt See section 6 11 3 This can be improved by installing 0 1u 0 5uF 1000V film capacitor to the input output terminals of each phase in the thermal relay m E a Thermal relays TOSHIBA 2 CT and ammeter If a CT and ammeter are connected externally to detect inverter output current the leak current s high frequency component may destroy the ammeter If the wires are more than 50 meters long it will be easy for the high frequency component to pass through the externally connected CT and be superimposed on and burn the ammeter with models having motors of low rated current several A ampere or less especially the 400V class low capacity 5 5kW or less models because the leak current will increase in proportion to the motor s rated current Remedies 1 4 4 1 Use a meter output terminal in the inverter control circuit The load current can be output on the meter output terminal FM If the meter is connected use an ammeter of 1mAdc full scale or a voltmeter of 7 5V 10V 1mA full scale 0 20mAdc 4 20mAdc can be also output gt See section 5 4 2 Use the monitor functions built into the inverter Use the monitor functions on the panel built into the inverter to check current values gt See section 8 1 1 Installation H Installation environment The VF FS1 Inverter is an electronic control instrument Take full consideration to installing it in the proper E658
242. parameter setting Standard irked default setting 100 Press theA key to change the parameter to 47 Q yg motor rated current inverter output rated current x Note The rated output current of the inverter should be calculated from the rated current regardless of the setting of the PWM carrier frequency parameter F 300 E 26 TOSHIBA 6581381 Using a VF motor motor for use with inverter E Setting of electronic thermal protection characteristics selection 71 7 Setting value Overload protection Overload stall 4 O x 5 O O amp x x 7 x O O valid x invalid VF motors motors designed for use with inverters can be used in frequency ranges lower than those for standard motors but their cooling efficiency decreases at frequencies below 6Hz Ms E Setting of motor electronic thermal protection level 1 t H Same as F_ 13 If the capacity of the motor is smaller than the capacity of the inverter or the rated current of the motor is smaller than the rated current of the inverter adjust the electronic thermal protection level 1 Hr so that it fits the motor s rated current If the indications are in percentages then 100 equals the inverter s rated output current A 5 Output current reduction factor A He x1 0 Hr x0 6 0 6H i Output frequency Hz Setting the motor overload starting level 2 Motor 150
243. pe ration MOE isr Terie EEEE AT E ee ae ee eid dale at as Sa See a N Re dee ele Monitoring the operation Status sc ccaccactsecgsectehededsetgedeqcostededssausatdsatysatdegtus sey gaueadcaacbeedsact hasdisaehadeaseegadedansyevtdestgavteaptyaatbes H 1 8 1 Status monitor Modes o 00c ae a AOS EENES EINS EAS EII EEEE A EEEE EAE H 1 8 2 a eadera a ii s1 a PERENE TERREIN EAEAN AA E A EAE NAE AE AEN TNE OE Seo a a AA H 5 Mofsuros O satsata Sendaissa eee a aA aeai N eaan iaa io fale yeev beeen ANNEE EAEN Sa 9 1 How to cope with the CE directive 9 2 Compliance with UL Standard and CSA Standard Peripheral devices sriain aa i EAEE EEEE EEE SEEE AAE aea anand av EEES AAR Are aidai 10 1 Selection of wiring materials and devices 10 2 Installation of a magnetic contactor 10 3 Installation of aniovenoad TOn kakega KNEE EEE VENENA ONAT SEE EOT AVAATA 10 4 Optionaliexternal devices a eae ani eal a Aah ile Ae Tablesof parameters and data aE ce setseta pia catehaeacata phe catee bc Nike EEE EN E dN ete ad Ne Ne AI Bi dd K 1 FEE a MUSEM ParAMe a cases tte ar Neca Nees eaters eden ce hs ee dele ee de A ABS TN eee tee 11 2 Basic parameters 11 3 Extended parameters E6581381 TOSHIBA 6581381 Zz SPECI CATIONS ete Nteh AGB AND ins CPR ENEE ENRON A tas ON Rae a A E dd AEI be car Aa tars eh Aa T 12 1 Models and their standard specifications 12 2 Outside dimensions and mass 13 Before making a service call Tr
244. play o detailed information on a past trip E Example of call up of trip information R Key LED Communic rae Item displayed operated display ation No Description Status monitor mode The code blinks if a trip Cause of trip GPe occurs The motor coasts and comes to a stop coast stop Parameter setting AUE The first basic parameter A LiF Wizard function mode mur is displayed Direction of The direction of rotation at the occurence of a trip rotation Pre F FEO1 is displayed F F forward run Fir r reverser run Operation The operation frequency command value Hz free Note 1 frequency A FOD FE02 unit at the occurrence of a trip is displayed command Note 2 z The output power of the inverter at the occurrence ote 2 Load current Cia FEO3 of a trip A is displayed Note 3 rua p The inverter input voltage DC detection V at Input voltage A FE04 the occurrence of a trip is displayed 6 AR The output voltage of the inverter at the Output voltage roe FEOS occurrence of a trip V is displayed Continued overleaf TOSHIBA Note 4 E6581381 Continued i Key LED Communic ee Item displayed operated display ation No Description The torque at the occurrence of a trip is Torque 7 60 FE18 displayed The torque current A at the occurrence of a Torque current c 50 FE20 trip is dis
245. played _ The inverter load factor at the occurrence of a Inverter load factor Log FE27 trip is displayed B The inverter input power kW at the occurrence of Input power h BD FE29 a trip is displayed a e The inverter output power kW at the occurrence Output power HOTS FE30 of a trip is displayed Operation 598 pams The inverter output frequency Hz free unit at the frequency ODU occurrence of a trip is displayed The ON OFF statuses of the control input terminals F R RES and VIA are displayed in bits Input terminal Q vif FEO6 OFF VIA F R RES The ON OFF status of each of the control signal output terminals RY and FL at the occurrence of a trip is displayed in bits Output terminal Q U w i FE07 ON m 7 OFF 1 4 FL RY RC CPU1 version Q ogi FE08 The version of the CPU1 is displayed CPU2 version Q we i FE73 The version of the CPU2 is displayed Memory version WN wid FEO9 The version of the memory mounted is displayed A The PID feedback value at the occurrence of a trip PID feedback d 50 FE22 is displayed Hz free unit Frequency The PID computed frequency command value at command value Q b Ta FE15 the occurrence of a trip is displayed Hz free unit PID computed Integral input The integrated amount of power kWh supplied to g P Q h 85 FE76 the inverter is displayed power 0 01 1kWh 1 00 100kWh Continued overleaf
246. r FLA FLB FLC Frequency command value A Frequency command matching signal Between RY and RC terminals pogroms peauney command i matching signal Inverted ITF IGT VIA 4 ica FAGd o Fe Y ON OFF ON OFF Note This function can be used for example to send out a signal indicating whether the amount of processing and the amount of feedback agree with each other when the PID function is in use For an explanation of the PID function see section 6 14 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 4 Basic parameters 2 6 4 1 Switching motor characteristics via terminal input F i H Base frequency 2 F Base frequency voltage 2 E i g Torque boost 2 E 11 Motor electronic thermal protection level 2 F 5 Stall prevention level 2 e Function Use the above parameters to switch the operation of two motors with a single inverter and to select motor V F characteristics two types according to the particular needs or operation mode Note The Ft V F control mode selection parameter is enabled only for motor1 If motor 2 is selected V F control will be given constant torque characteristics Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 50 0 WP type ecw 2 F idu Base frequency 2 25 0 200 0 Hz 60 0 WN type 230 WP WN type
247. r drive system TOSHIBA 6581381 9 1 4 Measures to satisfy the low voltage directive When incorporating the inverter into a machine or system it is necessary to take the following measures so that the inverter satisfies the low voltage directive 1 Install the inverter in a cabinet and ground the inverter enclosure When doing maintenance be extremely careful not to put your fingers into the inverter through a wiring hole and touch a charged part which may occur depending on the model and capacity of the inverter used 2 Do not connect two or more wires to the main circuit earth terminal of the inverter If necessary install an additional earth terminal on the metal plate on which the inverter is installed and connect another cable to it Or install the EMC plate attached as standard and another cable connect to earth terminal on the EMC plate Refer to the table 10 1 for earth cable sizes 3 Install a non fuse circuit breaker or a fuse on the input side of the inverter 9 2 Compliance with UL Standard and CSA Standard The VF FS1 models that conform to the UL Standard and CSA Standard have the UL CSA mark on the nameplate 9 2 1 Compliance with Installation The VF FS1 inverter must be installed in a panel and used within the ambient temperature specification gt See section 1 4 4 9 2 2 Compliance with Connection Use the UL conformed cables Rating 75 C or more to the main circuit terminals R L1
248. r warning What is dangerous or what the wiring should be applied be applied to will described in or near the symbol in either text or picture form E Limits in purpose This inverter is used for controlling speeds of three phase induction motors in general industrial use AN Safety precautions y The inverter cannot be used in any device that would present danger to the human body or from which malfunction or error in operation would present a direct threat to human life nuclear power control device aviation and space flight control device traffic device life support or operation system safety device etc If the inverter is to be used for any special purpose first get in touch with the supplier This product was manufactured under the strictest quality controls but if it is to be used in critical equipment for example equipment in which errors in malfunctioning signal output system would cause a major accident safety devices must be installed on the equipment Do not use the inverter for loads other than those of properly applied three phase induction motors in general industrial use Use in other than properly applied three phase induction motors may cause an accident TOSHIBA 6581381 E General Operation Av Warning See item e Never disassemble modify or repair 2 This can result in electric shock fire and injury For repairs call your sales distributor Disassembly prohibited
249. rades in performance because of ripple current etc The life time in design value is 15 years but it is recommended to replace them after it is used for about 10 years under normal conditions Since the smoothing capacitors are mounted on a printed circuit board it needs to be replaced together with the circuit board lt Criteria for appearance check gt e Absence of liquid leak e Absence of case dampaged Note The operation time is helpful for roughly determining the time of replacement For the replacement of parts contact your nearest Toshiba inverter distributor For safety s sake never replace any part on your own Parts replacement alarms can be known by monitor and alarm output if it is set gt See section 6 17 14 E Standard replacement cycles of principal parts As guides the table below lists part replacement cycles that were estimated based on the assumption that he inverter would be used in a normal use environment under normal conditions ambient temperature ventilation conditions and energizing time The replacement cycle of each part does not mean its service ife but the number of years over which its failure rate does not increase significantly Part name Standard Replacement mode and others replacement cycle Cooling fan 2 to 3 years Replacement with a new one Main circuit 10 years Replacement with a new one smoothing electrolytic capacitor Relay and contactor Whether to replace or not depends on
250. rameter This parameter adjusts the integral gain level during PID control Any deviations remaining unremoved during proportional action are cleared to zero residual deviation offset function A larger l gain adjustment value reduces residual deviations Too large an adjustment value however results in an unstable event such as hunting F 36 J Small gain Feedback amount lt Process quantity setting value Residual deviation F 35 F Large gain gt Time If one of input terminals is assigned input terminal function 65 PID control integral value clear integral value is always 0 zero during the input terminal on F 46 TOSHIBA 6581381 F 355 D gain adjustment parameter This parameter adjusts the differential gain level during PID control This gain increases the speed of response to a rapid change in deviation difference between the frequency setting and the amount of feedback Note that setting the gain more than necessary may cause great fluctuations in output frequency and thus operation to become unstable Previous deviation current deviation Feedback amount Large differential gain Small differential gain gt Time 5 Adjusting analog command voltages To use external analog setting VIA or VIB or feedback input VIA or VIB perform voltage scaling adjustments input point setting as required gt See section 6 5 2 for further detai
251. re 189721 TEL 886 0 2 2581 3639 9 11 Nihonbashi honcho 4 chome TEL 65 6297 0990 FAX 886 0 2 2581 3631 Chuo ku Tokyo 103 0023 Japan FAX 65 6297 5510 TEL 81 0 3 5644 5509 FAX 81 0 3 5644 5519 TOSHIBA CHINA CO LTD HSBC Tower 1000 Lujiazui Ring Road Pudong New Area Shanghai 200120 The People s Republic of China TEL 86 0 21 6841 5666 FAX 86 0 21 6841 1161 E6581381REVO2 For further information please contact your nearest Toshiba Liaison Representative or International Operations Producer Goods The data given in this manual are subject to change without notice 2009 11
252. re wiring to inverter or without supplying power J g jO Aodh i sw EM VIA SOURCE Se PLC I y I I Y z SINK l l o SW2 SW3 Factory default settings of slide switches SW4 SINK Negative side WN type SOURCE Positive side WP type FM SW2 V side VIA SW3 V side TOSHIBA 6581381 3 Operati N Warning e Do not touch inverter terminals when electrical power is going to the inverter even if the motor is S stopped Touching the inverter terminals while power is connected to it may result in electric shock Prohibited e Do not touch switches when the hands are wet and do not try to clean the inverter with a damp cloth Such practices may result in electric shock e Do not go near the motor in alarm stop status when the retry function is selected The motor may suddenly restart and that could result in injury Take measures for safety e g attaching a cover to the motor against accidents when the motor unexpectedly restarts Q e Turn power on only after attaching the front cover or closing door if enclosed in a cabinet If power is turned on without the front cover attached or closing door if enclosed in a cabinet that may result in electric shock or other injury Mandatory e If the inverter begins to emit smoke or an unusual odor or unusual sounds immediately turn power off If the equipment is continued in
253. reaches to a detection level e Enable amp 5 over torque trip selection g A during operation e Check system error g H 0010 Overheat e The cooling fan does not rotate e Restart the operation by resetting the e The ambient temperature is too high inverter after it has cooled down enough e The vent is blocked up e The fan requires replacement if it does not e A heat generating device is installed close rotate during operation to the inverter The thermistor in the unit is broken Secure sufficient space around the inverter Do not place any heat generating device near the inverter Make a service call You can select a trip ON OF Continued overleaf F by parameters M 2 TOSHIBA E6581381 Continued Error code Failure code Problem Possible causes Remedies g H 002E External thermal e An external thermal trip is input Check the external thermal input trip e PTC protection worked Check the PTC in the motor E 0011 Emergency stop e During automatic operation or remote Reset the inverter operation a stop command is entered from the operation panel or a remote input device E E Pp g 0012 EEPROM fault 1 e A data writing error occurs Turn off the inverter then turn it again If it does not recover from the error make a service call E E Pp 0013 EEPROM fault 2 e Power supply is cut off during 47
254. rent L PA Overvoltage alarm Same as 7 F overvoltage Overload alarm Same as i and 71 2 overload H Overheat alarm Same as 7H overheat If two or more problems arise simultaneously one of the following alarms appears and blinks r yo roe EP PL EPL The blinking alarms 7 H are displayed in this order from left to right 13 2 Restoring the inverter from a trip Do not reset the inverter when tripped because of a failure or error before eliminating the cause Resetting the tripped inverter before eliminating the problem causes it to trip again The inverter can be restored from a trip by any of the following operations 1 By turning off the power Keep the inverter off until the LED turns off Note See section 6 17 3 inverter trip retention selection F amp 7 2 for details 2 By means of an external signal Short circuit between RES and CC on terminal board gt Open 3 By operation panel operation 4 By inputting a trip clear signal from a remote input device Refer to the remote input device operating manual for details To reset the inverter by operation panel operation follow these steps 1 Press the Go key and make sure that r is displayed 2 Pressing th key again will reset the inverter if the cause of the trip has already been eliminated Incase of a trip due to overheating H the inverter checks the temperature within Wait until the temperat
255. rminal functions F J0 Output terminal selection 1A RY RC i g Output terminal selection 3 FLA FLB FLC e Function Use the above parameters to send various signals from the inverter to external equipment By setting parameters for the RY RC and FL FLA FLB and FLC terminals on the terminal board you can use 58 functions and functions obtained by combining them To assign only one function to RY RC terminals assign the function to F 3 i while leaving F 13 1 and 39 as they are set by default E Examples of application Function of FLA B C Can be set using parameter F 32 Function of RY RC Can be set using parameter F 39 37 39 TOSHIBA 6581381 E Assigning one function to an output terminal Terminal Title Function Adjustment range Default setting symbol P R 4 Low speed RY RC F 130 Output terminal selection 1A Fiai P 0 255 detection signal D F o Ol inal selection 3 S Seepage 10 Failure FL A B Fide utput terminal selection Failure FL When assigning one function to RY RC terminals set parameter F 37 only Do not change but leave parameters F 3 7 and F 34 as they were set by default Default setting F 3 7 255 F 39 0 6 3 4 Assigning two functions to an output terminal F J0 Output terminal selection 1A RY RC F 13 Output terminal selection 1B RY RC
256. rst basic parameter A F Wizard function is displayed o cz A Press either the or the Y7 to change to the parameter group F Press the ENT key to display the first extended parameter F 27 Press the A key to change to the auto restarte control selection F380 Fag Pressing the ENT key allows the reading of parameter setting Press the key to change the auto restarte control selection from f to Pressing the ENT key alternately flashes on and off the parameter and changed value and allows the save of those values EN OOOO If there is anything you do not understand during this operation press the MODE key several times to start over from the step of f Lf F display 4 2 3 Search and resetting of changed parameters f t Automatically searches for only those parameters that are programmed with values different from the standard default setting and displays them in the user parameter group 4 Parameter setting can also be changed within this group Notes on operation e If you reset a parameter to its factory default the parameter will no longer appear in amp r t e Fi FY T4 F4 74 are not appeared if the value of these parameters are changed e FiSL F 109 F BBG are appeared after setting t 47 to J Refer to Section 5 5 E How to search and reprogram parameters The operations of search and resetting of parameters are as follows
257. s Symmetrical Amperes 480 Volts Maximu m When Protected by J Class Fuses 5 5kW and over Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable O Symmetrical Amperes 480 Volts Maximu Delivering Not More Than 22 000A rms m When Protected by J Class Fuses TOSHIBA 6581381 E AIC Fuse and Wire sizes Voltage ees AIC A Fuse class cise Input wire PAN class applicable Inverter model Interrupting and voltage sizes of lof power Earth motor capacity current A power circuit pss kW V circuit 0 4 VFFS1 2004PM AIC 5000A J 3A max 240 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 0 75 VFFS1 2007PM AIC 5000A J 6A max 240 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 1 5 VFFS1 2015PM AIC 5000A_ J 10A max 240 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 22 VFFS1 2022PM AIC 5000A_ J 15A max 240 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 4 0 VFFS1 2037PM AIC 5000A_ J 25A max 240 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 12 Three phase 5 5 VFFS1 2055PM AIC 22000A J 35A max 240 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 10 200V class 7 5 VFFS1 2075PM_ AIC 22000A J45Amax _240 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 10 11 VFFS1 2110PM AIC 22000A J 70Amax 240 AWG 6 AWG6 AWG 10 15 VFFS1 2150PM AIC 22000A J 90A max 240 AWG 4 AWG4 AWG 10 18 5 VFFS1 2185PM AIC 22000A _ J 100 A max 240 AWG 4 AWG 3 AWG 8 22 VFFS1 2220PM AIC 22000A_ J 125A max 240 AWG 2 AWG 2 AWG 8 30 VFFS1 2300PM AIC 22000A_ J 175A max 240 AWG 1 0 AWG1 0 _ AW
258. s 1 for the control wire For wire size and tightening torque see the label on unit For instruction in the United States Integral solid state short circuit protection does not provide branch circuit protection Branch circuit protection must be provided in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any additional local codes For instruction in the Canada Integral solid state short circuit protection does not provide branch circuit protection Branch circuit protection must be provided in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code and any additional local codes Use the UL listed fuses at connecting to power supply Short circuit test is performed under the condition of the power supply short circuit currents in below These interrupting capacities and fuse rating currents depend on the drive motor capacities Table 1 Tighten the screws to specified torque Screw size tightening torque M4 screw 1 2Nm 10 7Ib in M5 screw 2 5Nm 22 3lb in M6 screw 4 5Nm 40 1Ib in M7 screw 12Nm 106lb in M8 screw 41Nm 360lb in TOSHIBA Table 2 AIC Fuse and Wire sizes E6581996 Capacity votas due inverse mea interrupting aen AA EN on vate a Earth motor capacity current A power circuit power circuit kW 0 4 VFFS1 2004PM AIC 5000A_ J3Amax 240 AwG 14 AWG14 AWG 14
259. s 6 LL tft Hz 40 0 Sri Preset speed operation frequencies 7 Li tft Hz 45 0 Examples of preset speed contact input signals Slide switch SW4 set to sink logic O ON OFF Speed commands other than preset speed commands are valid when all are OFF cc R Preset speed Terminal R 1 2 3 4 5 6 ik Wes pest Rec o ol l ol l o tin RES CC e O Q O VIA CC O O O O Preset speed commands are not allocated to standard default setting Use the input terminal function selection to allocate SS1 to SS3 terminal Terminal R 00 Input terminal function selection 2 R F 12 6 Preset speed command 1 SS1 Terminal RES Input terminal function selection 3 RES F i 4 7 Preset speed command 2 SS2 Terminal VIA Input terminal function selection 8 VIA F i 8 8 Preset speed command 3 SS3 Analog contaci FIGS iV When VIA terminal is used for the contact in Recommended value 1 2W 4 7k Q Example of a connection diagram SW4 set to sink logic input function selection A contact input Sink put terminal always contact a resistor between VIA and P24 F Forward run VIA cc Vv A l R Sw3 RES VIA P24 E 29 o Forward Common ie Preset speed 1 SS1 Preset speed 2 SS2 Preset speed 3 SS3 TOSHIBA E6581381 3 Using other speed commands with preset
260. s ON contact input R Input 5 amp Shorting across R CC causes reverse rotation open 24Vdc 5mA or less 2 5 E causes slow down and stop When ST is always ON S This inverter protective function is disabled if RES are RES Input 8 CC is connected Shorting RES and CC has no effect Sink Source PLC when the inverter is in a normal condition selectable using SW4 a 24VDC Input External 24Vdc power input y PLG common When the Solies logic is used a common terminal is connected ahaa ea cc rae Control circuit s equipotential terminal 2 terminals 10Vde PP Output Analog power supply output permissible load current 10mA Multifunction programmable analog input Factory default setting 0 10Vdc 0 60Hz 0 50Hz frequency input 10Vde The function can be changed to 4 20mAdc 0 20mA current input internal impedance 30kQ VIA Input by flipping the VIA SW3 dip switch to the I position By changing parameter setting this terminal can also be used as a 4 20mA multifunction programmable contact input terminal When using the sink logic be sure to insert a resistor between P24 VIA 4 7 kQ 1 2 _ intemal impedance 2500 W Also move the VIA SW3 dip switch to the V position Multifunction programmable analog input vB Input Standard default setting 0 10Vdc 0 60Hz 0 50Hz frequency 10Vde input internal impedance 30kQ 1mAdc full scale ammeter or 7 5Vde 10Vde 1mA full scale voltmeter Multifunction programmable an
261. s decoded and processed only by the inverter with the selected inverter number 4 The selected inverter responds by sending the processing results together with its own inverter number to the host computer 5 As a result only the selected inverter starts operating in accordance with the operation frequency command by communicating independently For details of the communication function refer to the separate instruction manual VF FS1 Communication Function Note Limit the distance between the common serial optional units and the inverter to 5m F 86 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 22 Parameters for options 4 M L x co hazy cry fy Parameter for option 1 Parameter for option 6 M M wv ay oy Ay Oey fo icy Lcy ro Parameter for option 2 Parameter for option 7 Parameter for option 3 Parameter for option 8 a eo ay Aa Oy Oy ce aay 7 hazy hog Parameter for option 4 Parameter for option 9 ay icy E 4 acy Parameter for option 10 N icy Lf Parameter for option 5 These parameters can be used only when specific optional parts are installed Do not use these parameters unless such parts are installed 6 23 Permanent magnetic motors iti Step out detection current level ki 4 i i Step out detection time 3 ic High speed torque adjustment
262. s to the terminal board 0 10Vdc 4 20mAdc 3 Setting through RS485 communication 4 Setting using external contact up down Local mode and Remote mode Local mode When Local mode selected by key start and stop and frequency setting are effective only by operation panel keys The LOC REM key lamp is lit while Local mode selected Remote mode Start and stop and frequency setting follow the selection of 1 4 Command mode or F 74 d Frequency setting mode 1 At default setting the switching between Local mode and Remote mode is effective When prohibiting this function refer to the chapter 6 20 1 2 At default setting when switched from remote of start or stop and running frequency at Remote mode are shifted to Local mode When changing from Local mode to Remote mode the inverter can start in case of running mode selection at remote side In case of prohibiting this function See section 6 10 3 The status of Local Remote mode is memoried when power off Remote mode selection use the basic parameters M 4 Command mode selection F ii lt 4 Frequency setting mode selection 1 Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Terminal board cnd Command mode selection 1 Panel 0 2 RS485 communication 1 VIA Frequency setting mode Z NIB Prigd selection 3 Operation panel 1 4 RS485 communication 5 External contact up down See 5 3 for Od F NDd TOSHIBA
263. se device are hot and you ll get burned if you touch them TOSHIBA 6581381 Transportation amp installation AN Warning See item Do not install or operate the inverter if it is damaged or any component is missing 1 4 4 This can result in electric shock or fire Please consult your local sales agency for repairs S Call your local sales agency for repairs Do not place any inflammable objects nearby 1 4 4 Prohibited If a flame is emitted due to malfunction it may result in a fire Do not install in any location where the inverter could come into contact with water or 2 other fluids This can result in electric shock or fire Must be used in the environmental conditions prescribed in the instruction manual 1 4 4 Use under any other conditions may result in malfunction Mount the inverter on a metal plate 1 4 4 The rear panel gets very hot Do not install in an inflammable object this can result in fire Do not operate with the front panel cover removed This can result in electric shock Mandatory Failure to do so can lead to risk of electric shock and can result in death or serious injury 1 4 4 An emergency stop device must be installed that fits with system specifications e g shut off input power then engage mechanical brake Operation cannot be stopped immediately 1 4 4 by the inverter alone thus risking an accident or injury All options used must be those specified by Toshiba Th
264. se parameters are used to switch between two types of frequency command signals e Setting by parameters e Switching by frequency e Switching via terminal board input E ii U d Frequency setting mode selection 1 FG Frequency priority selection F i 7 Speed setting mode selection 2 TOSHIBA Parameter setting E6581381 Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 7 a ci ie Frequency setting mode selection 1 1 VIA 2 VIB 3 Operation panel 4 RS485 communication 5 UP DOWN from external contact n mu co co Frequency priority selection 0 F A D d Switchable tof 277 by the input terminal 1 F Go F 2G 7 for output requencies equal to or lower han 1 0 Hz n mu ci Frequency setting mode selection 2 1 2 VIB 3 Operation panel 4 RS485 communication 5 UP DOWN from external contact 1 External switching Input terminal function 38 FCHG enabled Frequency priority selection parameter F anm egg u selected selected f an ON command is entered to the input terminal board The command specified with F 2 Automatic switching by frequency command Frequency priority selection parameter F Aa E a 1 CUU The switching between the command specified with Fi D g and F 2 he frequency command entered Switching between the command specified with F 7 o and F 24 7 can be made by entering a
265. sistance 4 7KQ 1 2W In case source Positive logic circuit connect the resistor between VIA and CC terminals When using the VIA terminal as a contact input terminal be sure to turn the VIA SW3 switch to the V position If no resistor is inserted or the VIA SW3 slide switch is not turned to the V position contact input will be left always ON which is very dangerous Switch between analog input and contact input before connecting the terminals to the control circuit erminals Otherwise the inverter or devices connected to it may be damaged TOSHIBA 6581381 The figure on the right shows an example of the connection of input terminals VIA when there is used as contact input terminals This example illustrates the connection when the inverter is used in sink Negative logic mode In case source Positive logic mode connect the resistor between VIA and CC E Logic switching Voltage current output switching slide switch 1 Logic switching Use SW4 to switch between logics Switch between logics before wiring to the inverter and without supplying power If switching between sink source and PLC is done when power is turned on after switching or when the inverter is supplied with power the inverter might become damaged Confirm it before supplying power 2 Voltage current output switching Use the FM SW2 switch to switch between voltage output and current output Switch the FM terminal s voltage current output befo
266. so cause serious accidents through Mandatory overheating and fire o Series name Power suppl PE VF FS1 Rating label Motor capacity 3PH 200 240V 0 75kW 1HP Warning label o i Carton box Warning label D R Name plate aua BE AEEA BUCRUESRER I OADAS i Inverter Type TOSHIBA MFAN EMITEUCE Inverter rated output TRANSISTOR INVERTER ANGER capacity VEES T2004 WN 1 E Read the instruction manual 0 4KW 1 1kVA 0 5HP Do not open the cover while power Power supply INPUT OUTPUT naa is applied or for 10 minutes after Related input current ow 3PH 2001240 3PH 200 240 Type indication label oives has been reuoved Related output Fz 50 60 0 5 200_ current a 1 9 4 6 2 8 S Ckt 5000A FUSE J 3A max Cu AWG14 75 C 10 71b in 1 3Nm Instruction manual EMC plate Serial No 1550 01021303 0001 Lot No 05L 100MY50 Made in Japan Motor Protective Device Class 10 SB This manual Oo br Auso 170M SS He less of e E WP models only TN TOSHIBA 6581381 1 2 Contents of the product Explanation of the name plate label Type Form Applicable motor ii P Default interface Special specific
267. speed command Command mode selection 0 Terminal board 1 Operation panel 2 Serial communication CAN og Fi tti 1 VIA 1 VIA 1 VIA 3 Operation 4 Commun nos bebe i ng 2 VIB 3 Operation 4 Commun 2 VIB 3 Operation 4 Commun 2 VIB panel ication moe ne econ 5 UP DOWN panel ication 5 UP DOWN panel ication 5 UP DOWN Fria E Operation Terminal Operation Communicatio Communic Terminal P 5 panel command panel n command ation Entered Preset speed command valid Note command i k h command valid command valid command Preset valid fi P i valid valid valid spoed Operation Communic command Not Terminal en ation The inverter doesn t accept Preset The inverter doesn t accept Preset command p speed command speed command entered valid command command valid valid L L L L Note The preset speed command is always given priority when other speed commands are input at the same time Below is an example of 7 step speed operation Output frequency Hz 5 E 7 F CC R CC on VIA CC Ls a i i R i F ON RES CC 2o L Example of 7 step speed operation E 30 ON OFF OFF OFF TOSHIBA 6581381 6 Extended parameters Extended parameters are provided for sophisticated operation fine adjustment and other special purposes Modify parameter settings as required See section 11 table of extended parameters
268. stallation 10 cm or more f 10 cm or more Remove seals on top l VF FS1 VF FS1 VF FS1 5cmormore VFFS1 5 om or more t 10 cm or more t 10 cm or more The space shown in the diagram is the minimum allowable space Because air cooled equipment has cooling fans built in on the top or bottom surfaces make the space on top and bottom as large as possible to allow for air passage Note Do not install in any location where there is high humidity or high temperatures and where there are large amounts of dust metallic fragments and oil mist A 21 TOSHIBA 6581381 E Calorific values of the inverter and the required ventilation About 5 of the rated power of the inverter will be lost as a result of conversion from AC to DC or from DC to AC In order to suppress the rise in temperature inside the cabinet when this loss becomes heat loss the interior of the cabinet must be ventilated and cooled The amount of forcible air cooling ventilation required and the necessary heat discharge surface quantity when operating in a sealed cabinet according to motor capacity are as follows Note1 The heat loss for the optional external devices input reactor radio noise reduction filters etc is not included in the calorific values in the table Note2 Case of 100 Load Continuation operation Operating motor Calorific Values w Amount of forcible air Heat discharge surface Voltage class capacity Carrier frequency
269. t display arbitrary unit e g rotating speed corresponding to output frequency Indicator Lamps indicating the inverter status by lighting such as RUN lamp MON lamp PRG lamp lamp Hz lamp LOC REM key lamp UP DOWN key lamp and RUN key lamp The charge lamp indicates that the main circuit capacitors are electrically charged 2 Use environments Indoor altitude 1000m Max not exposed to direct sunlight corrosive gas explosive gas or vibration g less than 5 9m s 10 to 55Hz S Ambient temperature 10 to 60 C Note1 Note2 Storage temperature 20 to 65 C ta Relative humidity 5 to 95 free from condensation and vapor Note 1 Above 40 C Remove the seal from the top of the inverter and use the inverter with the rated output current reduced Note 2 each inverter If inverters are installed side by side with no sufficient space left between them Remove the seal from the top of When installing the inverter where the ambient temperature will rise above 40 C remove the seal from the top of the inverter and use the inverter with the rated output current reduced L 3 TOSHIBA 12 2 Outside dimensions and mass E6581381 E Outside dimensions and mass Applicable motor Dimensions mm A Approx weight Voltage class KW Inverter type W H D WT H1 H2 Drawi
270. t out when either of the two functions assigned is activated Terminals RY RC Send out a signal when either of the functions set with F 34 and F 3 7 is activated Timing chart eee gee N ee isn FIIO pe ON OFF i ON H H 1 ji r RY RC output OFF Only one function can be assigned to terminals FLA FLB FLC at a time TOSHIBA 6581381 3 Holding the output of signals in ON status Ifthe conditions for activating the functions assigned to output terminals RY RC agree with and as a result the output of signals is put in ON status the output of signals is held ON even if the conditions change Output terminal holding function Assign input terminal function 62 to a contact input terminal available E Input terminal function Function No Code Function Action ON Once turned on RY RC is held on OFF The status of RY RC changes in real time according to conditions Holding of RY RC terminal 62 HDRY output Once output terminal RY RC is turned on when the contact input terminal to which one of the above functions function 62 is assigned is ON output terminal RY RC is held ON 6 3 5 Delay relay output F 146 Delay time for RY_RC relay iy Li Delay time for FL relay Function You can use the delay time of output terminal by f146 Delay time for RY_RC relay and f147 Delay time for FL relay Each output when the detec
271. tage current switching 1 SW3 Current signal Voltage signal CNG d G Terminal board F 200 G Forced switching of FCHG Sr ito Sr 7 1 7 speed run F 13 J8 Allocation of FCHG To select 7 speed run use the terminals R RES and VIA Fraga l F i amp Allocation of SS1 Fet rz F 13 7 Allocation of SS2 F20 I F 20 4 need adjustment F i 44 B Allocation of SS3 F2 G F 2 1J need adjustment i i F 109 VlA contact input Sink Insert a resistor between P24 and VIA terminal Recommended value 4 7k Q 1 2W TOSHIBA 9 Voltage current switching 2 E6581381 10 Switching between analog setting and preset speed setting VIA F F R R S81 RES l RES SS2 CC SW3 cc x PLC Voltage current Current signal PP signal VIA Voltage signal VIB Volt oltage signal F2GG Automatic switching Fl Gd VIA or VIB Fad i CG d G Terminal board Feate Feog dg Fg i F 274 need adjustment To switch to preset speed setting use the external F2 G F 2 iJ need adjustment terminals R and RES F 2 6 Allocation of SS1 F 13 7 Allocation of SS2 11 Switching between analog setting and terminal 12 Setting by means of a remote input device setting from the operation panel Voltage current signal 4 Gets g F J Operation panel 3 Allocation of FCHG o F 2G 7 setting enter the command through VIA or 2 VIB TOSHIBA
272. tage or Overload overload This function will also be canceled if retrying is not successful within the specified number of times mr OCA are Cue eEPHG ecHe edt rr war MEL Au nn EPHI eEEYP Arm overcurrent at start up Overcurrent on the load side at start up Output phase failure External thermal trip Overtorque trip External trip stop Small current operation trip Undervoltage trip main circuit Ground fault trip Input phase failure Inverter type error F 37 The retry function is disabled in the following unusual events 3 e Err Main unit RAM fault c e Err J Main unit ROM fault e Err H CPU fault trip e Err 5 Remote control error e Err 7 Current detector fault e Err 8 Control circuit board format error e EEP i EEPROM fault 1 e EEP 2 EEPROM fault 2 EEP J EEPROM fault 3 e Etn i Auto tuning error e E 4 VIA input detection error e E 9 Main unit CPU communication error e E Z 0 Excessive torque boost e E Z i CPU fault 2 TOSHIBA 6581381 In the event of tripping caused by 77 the retry function works only once even though F 37 3 i F J0 J is activated the retry function works according to the specified number of times Protective operation detection relay signals FLA FLB FLC terminal signals are not sent during use of the retry function Default setting To allow a signal to be sent
273. terminals cc TOSHIBA E6581381 Terminal Input output Function Electrical Inverter internal circuits symbol specifications 24V 10Vde PP Output Analog power supply output permissible load PR otage current 10mA 0 474 Multifunction programmable analog input Factory default setting 0 10Vdc 0 60Hz 0 50Hz frequency input 45V The function can be changed to 10Vd 4 20mAdc 0 20mA current input by g ik flipping the VIA SW3 dip switch to the _ internal impedance ye er position 30kQ f VIA Input VIA H By changing parameter setting this 9 terminal can also be used as a 4 20mA multifunction programmable contact input intemal impedance 250 terminal When using the sink logic be 2509 sure to insert a resistor between P24 VIA 4 7 KQ 1 2 W Also move the VIA SW3 dip switch to the V position 5V Multifunction programmable analog input 10Vde VIB Input Standard default setting 0 10Vdc 0 60Hz internal 0 50Hz frequency input impedance 30kQ PTC thermal input gt See section 6 17 15 1mAdc full scale ammeter or 7 5Vdc Multifunction programmable analog 10Vdc 1mA full 4 7K eae scale voltmeter output Standard default setting output FM T frequency lL v E FM Output 0 20mA 4 20mA F The function can be changed to 0 20mAdc DC ammeter i 4 20mA current output by flipping the FM
274. than the programmed time If an even shorter acceleration deceleration time is programmed there may be an overcurrent trip or overvoltage trip for inverter protection gt For further details see section 13 1 TOSHIBA 5 2 E6581381 Specifying an operation mode using parameters Parameter setting macro function e Function Automatically programs all parameters parameters described below related to the functions by selecting the inverter s operating method The major functions can be programmed simply Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Disabled 1 Coast stop AU Parameter setting macro function 2 3 wire operation 0 3 External input UP DOWN setting 4 4 20mA current input operation Note When this parameter is invoked after it has been set J is always displayed on the right side Automatically programmed functions and parameter set values The number on the left side refers to the number specified previously Example ii Relational Default setting 1 Coast stop 2 3 wire 3 External input 4 4 20mA parameter value operation UP DOWN current input setting operation End 0 Terminal board 0 Terminal board 0 Terminal board 0 Terminal board 0 Terminal board 5 UP DOWN Prigd 1 VIA 1 VIA 1 VIA from external 1 VIA contact F i Always 1 ST 0 Disabled 1 ST 4
275. ther items F 7 5L 2 to 14 18 If parameter F 7752 is setto 7 Fixed output 3 Other than the output current 100 a signal that is sent out when F 752 issetto 7 Z to 4 4 100 will be output through the FM terminal 100 standard value for each item is the following FiSt 8 2 i Maximum frequency F H FnSL 3 H 1 5 times of rated voltage FASi 5 6 1 85 times of rated power FASL T4 2 5 times of rated torque FASL S i0 Rated load factor FUSL ts iH Maximum input value FaSL i8 FA51 1000 E 12 TOSHIBA 6581381 5 5 Standard default setting t YF Default setting e Function Allows setting of all parameters to the standard default setting etc at one time Note that AUF ALH FT FSL Fao Fudd F4 ta and FEAD will not be reset to their factory default settings Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 50Hz default setting 60Hz default setting Standard default setting Initialization Trip record clear Cumulative operation time clear Initialization of type information Save user defined parameters Call user defined parameters Cumulative fan operation time record clear This function will be displayed as 0 during reading on the right This previous setting is displayed Example 3 H wN o no ue W Default setting OMDNOOA 4F cannot be set during the inverter operating Always stop the
276. this tap o To connect the capacitor to ground connect the lug terminal to this tap Factory default setting A 9 TOSHIBA 6581381 22kW or more Switch 1 To change the capacitance from Small to Large push this lt y switch Factory default position To change the capacitance from Large to Small pull up this switch x 3 Control circuit terminal board The control circuit terminal board is common to all equipment i wm PLC P24 CC FLATFLB FLC RY RC data al B 222D osm 5 J 4 4 Ib in nm 4 Gy UE GEes8e F R RES FM VY Swe aC PP VIA VIB Connector for RS485 communications and aoe D D D Q option RJ45 Wire size Factory default settings of slide switches Solid wire 0 3 1 5 mm SW4 SINK Negative side WN type SOURCE Positive side WP type Stranded wire 0 3 1 5 mm FM SW2 V side AWG 22 16 VIA SW3 V side Sheath strip length 6 mm Screwdriver Small sized flat blade screwdriver Blade thickness 0 6 mm or less blade width 3 5 mm or less gt See section 2 3 2 for details on all terminal functions TOSHIBA 6581381 1 3 3 How to open the front terminal board cover 18 5kW or less To wire
277. tic capacitor And also check the function of the inverter It is advisable not to supply the commercial power directly to the inverter but to gradually increase the power supply voltage with a transformer etc TOSHIBA 6581381 15 Warran Any part of the inverter that proves defective will be repaired and adjusted free of charge under the following conditions 14 This warranty applies only to the inverter main unit 2 Any part of the inverter which fails or is damaged under normal use within twelve months from the date of delivery shall be repaired free of charge 3 For the following kinds of failure or damage the repair cost shall be borne by the customer even within the warranty period Failure or damage caused by improper or incorrect use or handling or unauthorized repair or modification of the inverter Failure or damage caused by the inverter falling or an accident during transportation after the purchase Failure or damage caused by fire salty water or wind corrosive gas earthquake storm or flood lightning abnormal voltage supply or other natural disasters Failure or damage caused by the use of the inverter for any purpose or application other than the intended one 4 All expenses incurred by Toshiba for on site services shall be charged to the customer unless a service contract is signed beforehand between the customer and Toshiba in which case the service contract has priority over this warranty
278. tic control or remote stop control mode To cancel the emergency stop press any other key HH Setting error alarm An error is found in a setting when data is Check whether the setting is made im An error code and reading or writing correctly au data are displayed alternately twice each H E A d Display of first last The first and last data item in the ALi Press MODE key to exit the data group E 1 data items data group is displayed eno d h DC braking DC braking in process The message goes off in several tens of seconds if no problem occurs Note 1 h on Shaft fixing control Motor shaft fixing control is in process Normal if the message disappears when a stop command is entered or the operation command is canceled E Flowing out of The number of digits such as frequencies Lower the fequency free unit excess number of is more than 4 magnification F 772 digits The upper digits have a priority 5 E mo Instantaneous power The coast stop function set with F 3 9 Z To restart operation reset the inverter or failure coast stop Instantaneous power failure coast stop input an operation signal again function activated is activated L T E Pp Auto stop because of The automatic stop function selected with To deactivate the automatic stop function continuous operation F256 was activated increase the frequency command above at the lower limit the lower limit frequency LL 0 2 Hz or frequency turn off the operation command
279. tion level hysteresis 0 100 10 F 64 TOSHIBA 6581381 lt Example of operation gt 1 Output terminal function 12 OT Over torque detection F amp 5 Alarm only Over torque i i i OFF ON OFF signal output h Torque current Time sec 6 When F amp 5 tripping the inverter will trip if over torque lasts for the period of time set with F5 18 In such a case the over torque signal remains ON 2 Output terminal function 20 POT Over torque detection pre alarm Over torque pre alarm Signal output Torque current Time sec F 65 TOSHIBA 6 17 10 Cumulative operation time alarm setting Cumulative operation e Funct ion cumu 0 1 displayed on the monitor refers to 10 hours and therefore time alarm setting acl Ex 38 5 displayed on the monitor 3850 hours denotes 100 hours E6581381 This parameter allows you to set the inverter so that it will put out an alarm signal after a lapse of the ative operation time set with F Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Cumulative operation time 4 FERI alarm setting 0 0 999 9 610 0 E Setting of output signal Ex When assigning the cumulative ope ration alarm signal output function to the RY RC terminals Title Function Adjustment range Setting value F130 Output terminal selection 1
280. tion time doesn t exceed the delay time become non Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F i46 Delay time for RY_RC relay 0 0 60 sec 0 0 F i474 Delay time for FL relay 0 0 60 sec 0 0 Status ON i i I OFF Fier 1 F 146 F i45 F145 F145 FUNG lt 4 gt 4 gt 4 gt lt gt lt 4 gt RY_RC output ON F 46 setting OFF FL output ON F 4 7 setting OFF TOSHIBA 6581381 6 3 6 Analog VIA VIB detection F 15H Analog VIA detection level F i amp i Analog VIA detection band F I5 g Analog VIB detection level F 15 J Analog VIB detection band Function Output relay can be control by value of analog VIA VIB It is turned on with F 64 F 165 or more for VIA and it is turned off with F 160 F i61 or less for VIA In this case set 62 or 63 to output terminal function F 34 Fide F id On VIB these parameter are F 52 Anod F 164 output terminal function number is 64 o 65 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F 6G Analog VIA detection level 0 100 0 F 16 Analog VIA detection band 0 20 3 F 6 amp 2 Analog VIB detection level 0 100 0 F 64 Analog VIB detection band 0 20 3 Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment Default setting range F iii Output terminal 0 255 62 VIAD Analo
281. tle Function Adjustment range Default setting FGA Small current detection current hysteresis 1 20 10 A 0 Alarm only F amp iQ Small current trip alarm selection 1 Tripping 0 FG i Small current detection current 0 100 A 0 F amp 2 Small current detection time 0 255 s 0 lt Example of operation gt Output terminal function 24 UC Low current detection F5 ID Alarm only ON OFF OFF Low current signal output F id orless Output current Time sec When setting F amp to i Trip trip after low current detection time setting of F amp iZ After tripping the low current signal remains ON 6 17 8 Detection of output short circuit amp i1 Detection of output short circuit during start up e Function This parameter detects inverter output short circuit It can be usually detected in the length of the standard pulse When operating low impedance motor such as high speed motor however the short time pulse should be selected F amp i3 2 Detection is executed in the length of the standard pulse every time you start up the inverter F i3 1 Detection is executed in the length of standard pulse only during the first start up after putting on the power or after resetting F i3 2 Detection is executed with the short time pulse every time you start up the inverter F amp i3 7 Detection is executed with the short time pulse only f
282. tocol F 83 TOSHIBA E6581381 Title Function Adjustment range Default setting Fasi Operation at communication error by disconnection 0 Inverter stop communication command frequency mode open byi nid FAGd 1 None continued operation 2 Deceleration stop 3 Coast stop 4 Communication error E r r 5 trip or Network error E r r amp trip FaS6 Number of motor poles for communication 1 2 poles 4 poles 6 poles 8 poles 10 poles 12 poles 14 poles 16 poles Block write data 1 Block write data 2 No selection Command 1 Command 2 Frequency command Output data on the terminal board Analog output for communications Motor speed command RWNADANDAOARWN a Fats Block read data 1 FTG Block read data 2 FATI Block read data 3 Fala Block read data 4 F15 Block read data 5 No selection Status information Output frequency Output current Output voltage Alarm information PID feedback value Input terminal board monitor Output terminal board monitor VIA terminal board monitor 10 VIB terminal board monitor 11 Output motor speed monitor ODBNANARWNAOID 0 FED Free notes 0 65535 0 Disabled Indicates that the inverter wil The inverter trips when a communication time over occurs not be tripp
283. torque is calculated from the load current by vector operations The value thus calculated is displayed The reference value 100 value is the value at the time when the load current is 100 Depending on the PWM carrier frequency F 37 7 setting and so on the actual rated current may become smaller than the rated output current indicated on the nameplate With the actual rated current at that time after a reduction as 100 the proportion of the load current to the rated current is indicated in percent The load factor is also used to calculate the conditions for overload trip GL TOSHIBA 6581381 9 Measur j t andards 9 1 How to cope with the CE directive In Europe the EMC directive and the low voltage directive which took effect in 1996 and 1997 respectively make it obligatory to put the CE mark on every applicable product to prove that it complies with the directives Inverters do not work alone but are designed to be installed in a control panel and always used in combination with other machines or systems which control them so they themselves are not considered to be subject to the EMC directive However the CE mark must be put on all inverters because they are subject to the low voltage directive The CE mark must be put on all machines and systems with built in inverters because such machines and systems are subject to the above directives It is the responsibility of the manufacturers of such
284. tput open phase Monitoring function Operation frequency operation frequency command forward reverse run output current voltage in DC section output voltage torque torque current load factor of inverter input power output power information on input terminals information on output terminals version of CPU1 version of CPU2 version of memory PID feedback amount frequency command after PID integral input power integral 5 output power rated current output speed communication counter normal state communication counter E causes of past trips 1 through 4 parts replacement alarm cumulative operation time Past trip monitoring Stores data on the past four trips number of trips that occurred in succession operation frequency function direction of rotation load current input voltage output voltage information on input terminals information 2 on output terminals and cumulative operation time when each trip occurred A Output for frequency Analog output 1mAdc full scale DC ammeter or 7 5Vdc full scale DC ammeter Rectifier type AC meter voltmeter 1mAdc 7 5Vdc full scale 4 to 20mA 0 to 20mA output 4 digit 7 segments LED Frequency inverter output frequency Alarm stall alarm C overvoltage alarm P overload alarm L overheat alarm H Status inverter status frequency cause of activation of protective function input output voltage output current etc and parameter settings Free uni
285. ts e Before inspection perform the following steps 14 1 Turn off all input power to the inverter Mandatory 2 Wait at least ten minutes and check to make sure that the charge lamp is no longer lit 3 Use a tester that can measure DC voltages 800VDC or more and check to make sure that the voltage to the DC main circuits across PA and PC is 45V or less If inspection is performed without performing these steps first it could lead to electric shock TOSHIBA 6581381 VAN Caution See item Disposal e If you throw away the inverter have it done by a specialist in industry waste disposal 16 Q If you throw away the inverter by yourself this can result in explosion of capacitor or produce noxious gases resulting in injury Persons who specialize in the processing of waste and known as industrial waste product collectors and transporters or industrial waste disposal persons If the Mandatory collection transport and disposal of industrial waste is done by someone who is not licensed for that job it is a punishable violation of the law Laws in regard to cleaning and processing of waste materials Attach warning labels Shown here are examples of warning labels to prevent in advance accidents in relation to inverters motors and other equipment Be sure to affix the caution label where it is easily visible when selecting the auto restart function gt See secti
286. tting the electronic thermal protection characteristics selection _ 2E 113 xin Lii and motor electronic thermal protection level 1 Hr The electronic thermal protection characteristics selection 1 7 is used to enable or disable the motor overload trip function 4 1 Z and the overload stall function While the inverter overload trip i will be in constant detect operation the motor overload trip 7 can be selected using the parameter 71 7 Explanation of terms Overload stall This is an optimum function for equipment such as fans pumps and blowers with mu variable torque characteristics that the load current decreases as the operating speed decreases When the inverter detects an overload this function automatically lowers the output frequency before the motor overload trip 1 2 is activated This function operates a motor at frequencies that allow the load current to keep its balance so that the inverter can continue operation without being tripped Using standard motors other than motors intended for use with inverters When a motor is used in the lower frequency range than the rated frequency that will decrease the cooling effects for the motor This speeds up the start of overload detection operations when a standard motor is used in order to prevent overheating E 25 TOSHIBA 6581381 E Setting of electronic thermal protect
287. uced 1 control mode automatically selection automatically Carrier frequency reduced automatically Support for 400V models Feo 0320 Droop gain 1 1 0 100 0 6 13 Fie 0323 Droop insensitive 1 1 0 100 10 torque band 359 0359 PID control s 1 1 0 2400 0 6 14 waiting time Fa6a 0360 PID control 0 Disabled 0 1 Enabled Feedback VIA 2 Enabled Feedback VIB Fi6e2 0362 Proportional gain 0 01 0 01 0 01 100 0 0 30 F46q 0363 Integral gain 0 01 0 01 0 01 100 0 0 20 F465 0366 Differential gain 0 01 0 01 0 00 2 55 0 00 FIga 0380 PID forward 1 1 0 Forward Standard 0 reverse characteristic 1 Reverse selection FIG 0391 Hysteresis for LL Hz 0 10 01 oo FH 0 2 6 8 1 A 0 F stop operation FIGe 0392 Restart deviation for Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 FH 0 0 LL stop operation FIgg 0393 Restart feedback Hz 0 1 0 01 0 0 FH 0 0 for LL stop operation 1 Default values vary depending on the capacity See the table of page K 14 K 7 II I TOSHIBA 6581381 e Torque boost parameters 1 Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference No IPanel Commun setting setting ication Fug 0400 Auto tuning s e 0 Auto tuning disabled 0 5 10 6 15 1 Auto tuning enabled after execution 0 Fudge 0401 Slip frequency 1 1 0 150 50 gain F
288. udge 0402 Automatic torque 0 1 0 1 0 0 30 0 boost value Furs 0415 Motor rated A 0 1 0 1 0 1 200 0 wa current Puls 0416 Motor no load 1 10 100 mA current Fudd 0417 Motor rated speed min 1 1 1 100 15000 kii Fuda 0418 Speed control 1 1 1 150 40 response coefficient Fug 0419 Speed control 1 1 1 100 20 stability coefficient 1 Default values vary depending on the capacity See the table of page K 14 e input output parameters 2 Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference No IPanel Commun setting setting ication Fuqg 0470 VIA input bias 0 255 128 6 5 4 F47 0471 VIA input gain gt lt 0 255 148 F477 0472 VIB input bias 0 255 128 F473 0473 VIB input gain 0 255 148 e Torque boost parameters 2 Minimum Title Communication Function Unit setting unit Adjustment range Default User Reference No IPanel Commun setting setting ication F48g 0480 Exciting current 1 1 100 130 100 5 10 coefficient 6 15 2 Fug 0481 Power supply 1 1 0 9999 0 6 17 16 ki compensation filter Fuga 0482 Inhibitor filter 1 1 0 9999 442 F483 0483 Inhibitor gain 0 1 0 1 0 0 300 0 100 0 F484 0484 Power supply 0 1 0 1 0 0 Disable 0 0 adjustment gain 0 1 2 0 F465 0485 Stall prevention 1 1 10 250 100 5 10 g control coefficient 1 6 15 2 Fuge 0492 Stall prevention 1 1 50 150 100 control coefficient 2 Fugy 0494 Motor adjustment 1 1 0 200 4 coefficient K 8
289. uit shown on the below assign the function of detecting low speed signals to the RY and RC terminals Make sure the parameter F 377 is set to 4 factory default setting Non excitation See type brake MC2 XP Power supply z Run stop Measures to protect motors against surge voltages In a system in which a 400V class inverter is used to control the operation of a motor very high surge voltages may be produced When applied to the motor coils repeatedly for a long time may cause deterioration of their insulation depending on the cable length cable routing and types of cables used Here are some examples of measures against surge voltages 1 Lower the inverter s carrier frequency 2 Set the parameter F 3 amp Carrier frequency control mode selection to 2 or 7 3 Use a motor with high insulation strength 4 Insert an AC reactor or a surge voltage suppression filter between the inverter and the motor 1 4 2 Inverters Protecting inverters from overcurrent The inverter has an overcurrent protection function The programmed current level is set to the inverter s maximum applicable motor If the motor used has a small capacity the overcurrent level and the electronic thermal protection must be readjusted If adjustment is necessary see 5 12 and make adjustments as directed Inverter capacity Do not use a small capacity kVA inverter to control the operation of a large capacity motor no matter how light the load is
290. unction Adjustment range Default setting F 702 Prohibition of parameter change 0 Permitted 1 Prohibited 0 3327 Prohibition of frequency setting on the k ed F138 operation panel FC 0 Permitted 1 Prohibited 0 0 Permitted Fuge Prohibition of panel local remote 1 Prohibited 0 i r operation LOC REM key 2 Permitted Cancelled with the power off 3 Prohibition of panel operation ji po F33 RUN STOP keys 0 Permitted 1 Prohibited 0 Prohibition of panel emergency sto FIH operation p Jeney SDR 0 Permitted 1 Prohibited 0 F 7135 Prohibition of panel reset operation 0 Permitted 1 Prohibited 0 E Resetting method Only the 7 parameter is designed so that its setting can be modified even if 1 prohibited is selected F 73 TOSHIBA 6581381 6 20 2 Changing the unit to A V F itt i Current voltage unit e Function These parameters are used to change the unit of monitor display lt gt A ampere V volt E Example of setting During the operation of the VFFS1 2037PM rated current 17 5A at the rated load 100 load units are displayed as follows 1 Display in percentage terms 2 Display in amperes volts Output current Output current 100 17 58 DC voltage DC voltage 200V value 100 converted into AC Title Function Adjustment range Default setting FIn Current voltage 0 0 4 display mode 1 A amper
291. ure in the inverter falls sufficiently before resetting the inverter Caution i Turning the inverter off then turning it on again resets the inverter immediately You can use this mode of resetting if there is a need to reset the inverter immediately Note however that this operation may damage _ the system or the motor if it is repeated frequently 13 TOSHIBA 13 3 E6581381 If the motor does not run while no trip message is displayed The motor does not run i Is the 7 segment LED extinguished e p Check the power supply and the MCCB Is power being supplied normally Supply the power p B normally Make a service call y Is GF F displayed e e The ST CC circuit is opened Close the circuit between CC and the terminal to which the ST standby function on the control circuit terminal is assigned e Check the setting of F 1G always active function selection gt See section 6 3 1 Is any failure message displayed See section 1 3 1 Track down and eliminate the cause of the failure and then reset the inverter See section 13 2 i Are rt r 4 and a failure message displayed alternately m The inverter is in the process of retrying The retry function can be disabled by normal or emergency stop operation or by turning off the inverter y Is the RUN key lamp lighted y Wh
292. ut the calculated value of the electric thermal can not be reset 5 13 Preset speed operation speeds in 7 steps Sr i 5r Preset speed operation frequencies 1 7 e Function Amaximum of 7 speed steps can be selected just by switching an external contact signal Multi speed frequencies can be programmed anywhere from the lower limit frequency 1 to the upper limit frequency i ven ut Setting method 1 Run stop The starting and stopping control is done from the terminal board Title Function Adjustment range Setting value 0 Terminal board End Command mode selection 1 Operation panel 0 2 RS485 communication Note If speed commands analog signal or digital input are switched in line with preset speed operations select the terminal board using the frequency setting mode selection F 77d gt See step 3 or section 5 3 E 28 TOSHIBA 6581381 2 Preset speed frequency setting Set the speed frequency of the number of steps necessary Title Funtion Adjustment range Default setting Gril Preset speed operation frequencies 1 Li tft Hz 15 0 Sra Preset speed operation frequencies 2 Li Lf Hz 20 0 Srd Preset speed operation frequencies 3 Li Lf Hz 25 0 GrH Preset speed operation frequencies 4 Li HL Hz 30 0 Gr 5 Preset speed operation frequencies 5 LL Ui Hz 35 0 SrA Preset speed operation frequencie
293. verters motors and e Function The F Ji parameter detects the rotating speed and rotational direction of the motor during we coasting ing the event of momentary power failure and then after power haas been restored restarts the motor smoothly motor speed search function This parameter also allows commercial power operation to be switched to inverter operation without stopping the motor During operation Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Disabled 1 At auto restart after momentary stop Fadi Anto renan control 2 When turning ST CC on or off 0 3 At auto restart or when turning ST CC on or off 4 At start up If the motor is restarted in retry mode this function will operate regardless of the setting of this parameter 1 Auto restart after momentary power failure Auto restart function Input voltage Motor speed ON F or R command i OFF Setting F 37 to 3 This function operates after power has been restored following detection of an undervoltage by the main circuits and control power F 34 TOSHIBA 6581381 2 Restarting motor during coasting Motor speed search function Motor speed i i ON F or Rcommand OFF i i ON ST command OFF Setting F JG to Zor J This function operates after the ST terminal connection has been OFF first and then ON again Note The terminal function ST needs to b
294. voltage the output voltage will exceed the voltage adjusted je Ouiput voltage can be prevented trom exceeding by u u when the output frequency is higher than the base the input voltage frequency 1 ui 6 12 6 Canceling the operation command 3 Reverse run prohibition Function This function prevents the motor from running in the forward or reverse direction when it receives the wrong operation signal Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting 0 Forward reverse run permitted Fiaii Reverse run prohibition 1 Reverse run prohibited 0 2 Forward run prohibited F 41 TOSHIBA E6581381 6 13 Droop control e Function F 32 Droop gain ae F 3 4 Droop insensitive torque band insensitive torque band and the gain can be adjusted The motor is allowed to slip according to the load torque current Using these parameters the Parameter setting Title Function Adjustment range Default setting F3c2da Droop gain 0 100 0 F324 Droop insensitive torque band 0 100 10 Output frequency Hz Command frequency fo Operation frequency f F 42 FJ Ti 100 Power running Torque current TOSHIBA The droop control function refers to the functio E6581381 n of operating the power running motor at operating frequency f Hz
295. y once every two years for 5 hours or more each to recover the performance of the capacity electrolytic capacitor And also check the function of the inverter It is advisable not to supply the commercial power directly to the inverter but to gradually increase the power supply voltage with a transformer etc If the need arises conduct an insulation test on the main circuit terminal board only using a 500V insulation tester Never conduct an insulation test on control terminals other than terminals on the printed circuit board or on control terminals When testing the motor for insulation performance separate it from the inverter in advance by disconnecting the cables from the inverter output terminals U V and W When conducting an insulation test on peripheral circuits other than the motor circuit disconnect all cables from the inverter so that no voltage is applied to the inverter during the test Note Before an insulation test always disconnect all cables from the main circuit terminal board and test the inverter separately from other equipment RIL 1 S L 2 TIL3 uT1 VIT2 WIT3 500V megger Never test the inverter for pressure A pressure test may cause damage to its components Voltage and temperature check Recommended voltmeter Input side Moving iron type voltmeter Output side Rectifier type voltmeter pp It will be very helpful for detecting a defect if you always measure and record the ambient temperature before
296. y to change the parameter to 7 amp V F control mode i selection Press the ENT key to display the parameter setting Standard default setting Variable torque Q 7 Press the key to change the parameter to 7 vector control 3 Press the ENT key to save the changed parameter Ft and J SFE parameter set value 3 are displayed alternately TOSHIBA E6581381 Warning When setting the V F control mode selection parameter to any number between and amp be sure to set at least the following parameters u Base frequency See the motor s nameplate ut u Base frequency voltage See the motor s nameplate F 4 5 Motor rated current See the motor s nameplate F 4 6 No load current of motor Refer to the motor test report F 4 7 Rated rotational speed of motor See the motor s nameplate Set also other torque boost parameters FY to F496 as required 1 Constant torque characteristics Setting of V F control mode selection Ft to 7 V F constant This is applied to load that requires the same torque at low speeds as at rated speeds Base frequency voltage EN eehh hihat hnt h Baia r d i o S B 5 2 5 O ub Base frequency u L Output frequency Hz To increase the torque further increase the setting value of the manual torque boost 4 gt For more details see 5 11 2 Setting for fans and pumps Setting
297. yer Note This parameter displays the inverter output frequency as the value obtained by multiplying it by a positive number This does not mean that the actual motor speed or line speed are indicated with accuracy F 75 TOSHIBA E6581381 Title Function Adjustment range Default setting r 0 00 Free unit display disabled display of F fi t Figg magnifcaion uni frequency 0 00 0 01 200 0 F iii Frequency free unit 0 All frequencies display free unit conversion 0 conversion selection 1 PID frequencies free unit conversion and F range change 0 0 F H Inclination f EEATT TAES F105 characteristic of free 0 Negative inclination downward slope 1 unit display 1 Positive inclination upward slope F106 nae ieee 0 00 F H 0 00 The F 72 to F 146 converts the following parameter settings e F 74 3 0 Frequency monitor display Operation frequency command Operation Frequency related parameters e F 74 3 1 Frequency monitor display Frequency related parameters When frequency PID feedback Frequency command value PID computed Operation frequency command at trip FH UL it ub Sr f Sr 7 F 0G F iGi F iD FIBI Fini Fg F04 Feii Fei F240 Fay i Fug F50 F65 Feb i Febe Fe ig Fe 15 F294 F505 F8 le Fa iY PID feedback Frequency command value PID computed FL FH FED Fea Fe tire ta FIFE F393 7G 3 was set F 72 functions only PID control parameters

6 - Efes otomasyon

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents